LG DV 3781 DVD player Инструкция по эксплуатации

èêéàÉêõÇÄíÖãú DVD
àçëíêìäñàü èé
ùäëèãìÄíÄñàà
åéÑÖãú : DV3781
é·flÁ‡ÚÂθÌÓ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ÔÓ˜ËÚ‡ÈÚ ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ËÌÒÚÛÍˆË˛ ÔÂ‰ ÚÂÏ, ͇Í
‚Íβ˜‡Ú¸ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ, ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ËÏ ËÎË Ì‡ÒÚ‡Ë‚‡Ú¸ „Ó.
ëÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ÔË·Ó‡ 7 ÎÂÚ ÒÓ ‰Ìfl ÔÂe‰a˜Ë ÚÓ‚apa
ÔÓÚpe·uÚeβ.
Internet Address:http://www.lg.ru
»ÌÙÓχˆËÓÌ̇ˇ ÒÎÛÊ·‡ LG Electronics (095)742-77-77
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
ÇçàåÄçàÖ
ÇéáåéÜçé èéêÄÜÖçàÖ
ùãÖäíêàóÖëíÇéå. çÖ
éíäêõÇÄíú.
éëíéêéÜçé: óíéÅõ àáÅÖÜÄíú èéêÄÜÖçàü
ùãÖäíêàóÖëäàå íéäéå, çÖ ëçàåÄâíÖ äêõòäì
(àãà áÄÑçûû ëíÖçäì).
Ççìíêà èêàÅéêÄ çÖí ùãÖåÖçíéÇ,
èêÖÑçÄáçÄóÖççõï Ñãü êÖÉìãàêéÇäà
èéíêÖÅàíÖãÖå.
èé ÇéèêéëÄå éÅëãìÜàÇÄçàü
éÅêÄôÄâíÖëú ä äÇÄãàîàñàêéÇÄççéåì
ëèÖñàÄãàëíì.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ ÏÓÎÌËË ÒÓ ÒÚÂÎÍÓÈ ‚ ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÓÓÌÌÂÏ
ÚÂÛ„ÓθÌËÍ Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌ ‰Îfl Ô‰ÛÔÂʉÂÌËfl
ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl Ó Ì‡Î˘ËË ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓ„Ó
̇ÔflÊÂÌËfl ‚ÌÛÚË ÍÓÔÛÒ‡ ËÁ‰ÂÎËfl, ‰ÓÒÚ‡ÚÓ˜ÌÓ
·Óθ¯Ó„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ÔÓ‡ÊÂÌË ˜ÂÎÓ‚Â͇.
ÇÓÒÍÎˈ‡ÚÂθÌ˚È ÁÌ‡Í ‚ÌÛÚË ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÓÓÌÌ„Ó
ÚÂÛ„ÓθÌË͇ Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌ ‰Îfl Ô‰ÛÔÂʉÂÌËfl
ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl Ó Ì‡Î˘ËË ‚‡ÊÌ˚ı ҂‰ÂÌËÈ Ó ‡·ÓÚÂ
Ë Ó ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÏ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËË, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘ËıÒfl ‚
ÔË·„‡ÂÏÓÈ Í ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Û ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË.
éëíéêéÜçé: óíéÅõ èêÖÑéíÇêÄíàíú
ÇéáÉéêÄçàÖ àãà èéêÄÜÖçàÖ ùãÖäíêàóÖëíÇéå,
çÖ ÑéèìëäÄâíÖ èéèÄÑÄçàü Ç èêàÅéê ÇéÑõ.
éëíéêéÜçé: ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÔË·Ó ‚ Á‡Í˚ÚÓÏ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚Â, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ÍÌËÊÌÓÈ ÔÓÎÍ ËÎË ‚ ‰Û„ÓÏ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÏ ÏÂÒÚÂ.
éëíéêéÜçé:
Ç ‚‡¯ÂÏ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÏ ÔÎÂÂ DVD ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ·ÁÂ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ.
óÚÓ·˚ Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÔË·ÓÓÏ, ‚ÌËχÚÂθÌÓ Ë
ˆÂÎËÍÓÏ ÓÁ̇ÍÓϸÚÂÒ¸ Ò ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ.
ëÓı‡ÌËÚ „Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ó·‡ÚËÚ¸Òfl Í ÌÂÏÛ ‚
·Û‰Û˘ÂÏ.
ÖÒÎË ÔÎÂÂÛ ÔÓÚ·ÛÂÚÒfl ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ ӷÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËÂ,
Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í Í‚‡ÎËÙˈËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏÛ
ÒÔˆˇÎËÒÚÛ – ÒÏ. (ÔÓfl‰ÓÍ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ ÔË ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍÓÏ
Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËË)
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Ó„‡ÌÓ‚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË „ÛÎËÓ‚ÓÍ
ËÎË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, Ì Û͇Á‡ÌÌ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË,
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÏÛ Ó·ÎÛ˜ÂÌ˲.
óíéÅõ çÖ èéÑÇÖêÉÄíúëü èêüåéåì ÇéáÑÖâëíÇàû
ãìóÄ ãÄáÖêÄ, çÖ èõíÄâíÖëú éíäêõÇÄíú äéêèìë
èêàÅéêÄ.
èË ‚ÒÍ˚ÚÓÏ ÍÓÊÛı – ÓÚÍ˚ÚÓ ·ÁÂÌÓ ËÁÎÛ˜ÂÌËÂ. çÖ
ÑéèìëäÄâíÖ èéèÄÑÄçàü ãìóÄ ãÄáÖêÄ Ç ÉãÄáÄ.
éëíéêéÜçé: èÓÔ‡‰‡ÌË ̇ ˆÂÌÚ ·˚Á„ ËÎË Í‡ÔÂθ ‚Ó‰˚ ÌÂ
‰ÓÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl. á‡Ô¢‡ÂÚÒfl ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸ ̇ ÌÂ„Ó ‚‡Á˚ Ë ‰Û„Ë ÒÓÒÛ‰˚
Ò ÊˉÍÓÒÚflÏË.
2
áÄåÖóÄçàü éÅ ÄÇíéêëäàï èêÄÇÄï:
á‡ÍÓÌ Á‡Ô¢‡ÂÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡Ú¸, ‡ÒÔÓÒÚ‡ÌflÚ¸, ÔÓ͇Á˚‚‡Ú¸,
ÔÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ÔÓ Í‡·ÂθÌ˚Ï ÒÂÚflÏ, ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ ‚ Ó·˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı
ÏÂÒÚ‡ı Ë Ò‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‚ ‡ÂÌ‰Û Ï‡ÚÂˇÎ˚, Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌÌ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËÏ
Ô‡‚ÓÏ, ·ÂÁ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl.
DVD ÔÎÂÂ ËÏÂÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÔÂÂÁ‡ÔËÒË,
‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËÂÈ Macrovision. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË
ËÏÂ˛Ú Á‡˘ËÚÛ ÓÚ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ‚ˉ ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇·.
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÍÓÔËÈ Ú‡ÍËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÂ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl.
чÌÌ˚È ÔË·Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ Ò‰ÒÚ‚Ó Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍÓ„Ó Ô‡‚‡,
Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌÌÓÂ Í‡Í ÒÔÓÒÓ· Ô‡ÚÂÌÚ‡ÏË ëòÄ Ë ‰Û„ËÏË Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡
ËÌÚÂÎÎÂÍÚۇθÌÛ˛ ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸, ÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË Ó·Î‡‰‡ÂÚ ÙËχ
Macrovision Corporation Ë ‰Û„Ë Á‡ÍÓÌÌ˚ ‚·‰Âθˆ˚.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ò‰ÒÚ‚‡ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍÓ„Ó Ô‡‚‡
‰ÓÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl ÙËÏ˚ Macrovision
Corporation, ÓÌÓ Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÔËÏÂÌÂÌËfl ‚
‰Óχ¯ÌËı ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëflı Ë ‚ ‰Û„Ëı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ÂÒÎË ËÌÓ Ì ӄӂÓÂÌÓ ÙËÏÓÈ Macrovision
Corporation. àÌÊÂÌÂÌ˚È ‡Ì‡ÎËÁ ËÎË ‡Á·Ó͇ Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ˚.
áÄÇéÑëäéâ çéåÖê: ç‡ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÂÌÍË ÔÎÂÂ‡ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl
Á‡‚Ó‰ÒÍÓÈ ÌÓÏÂ. ᇂӉÒÍÓÈ ÌÓÏÂ Ì ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl, ÓÌ Ò‚ÓÈ Ì‡
͇ʉÓÏ ÔÎÂÂÂ. á‡ÌÂÒËÚÂ Ò˛‰‡ ‚Ò˛ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÛ˛ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛
Ë ÒÓı‡ÌËÚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó Í‡Í Ò‚Ë‰ÂÚÂθÒÚ‚Ó ‚‡¯Â„Ó
ÔËÓ·ÂÚÂÌËfl ÔÎÂÂ‡.
çÓÏÂ ÏÓ‰ÂÎË: _____________________________________
ᇂӉÒÍÓÈ ÌÓÏÂ: ___________________________________
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
èÂ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ ‡·ÓÚ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
ÑËÒÍË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ ̇ ÔÎÂÂÂ. . . . 4
è‰ÛÔÂʉÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl Ó ‰ËÒ͇ı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
èÂ‰Ìflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ/ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ᇉÌflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲. . . . . . . . . 10
èÖêÖÑ çÄóÄãéå êÄÅéíõ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
鷢 ÓÔËÒ‡ÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ùÍ‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÌ˛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14
鷢ˠ҂‰ÂÌËfl Ó Ì‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ı. . . . 12
üÁ˚Í. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
á‚ÛÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ÑÛ„ËÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ Ì‡‰ÁÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
èÓËÁÓȉÂÚ
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË DVD Ë Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË DVD Ë Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ‰Û„ÓÈ „·‚ ËÎË ‰ÓÓÊÍ . . . . . . . 15
èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë ÔÓ͇‰Ó‚ÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
èÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
èÓ‚ÚÓ Ä-Ç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. . . . . . . . . 16
é·˙ÂÏÌ˚È 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
å‡Ò¯Ú‡· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
èÓËÒÍ ÏÂÚÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ÑÛ„Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
åÂÌ˛ ‡Á‰Â· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
åÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ì„ÓÎ ÁÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl . 17
Ç˚·Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ëÛ·ÚËÚ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Audio CD Ë ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3/WMA . . . . . 18
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Audio CD Ë MP3/WMA ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . 18
èËϘ‡ÌËfl Ó Ù‡È·ı MP3/WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
è‡ÛÁ‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ‰Û„ÓÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‰ÓÓÊÍË/‚Ò„Ó/‚˚ÍÎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
èÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
èÓ‚ÚÓ Ä-Ç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
é·˙ÂÏÌ˚È 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
èÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ù‡ÈÎÛ . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
èÂ‚ÓÓÚ Í‡ÚËÌÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
èÓ‚ÓÓÚ Í‡ÚËÌÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
èËϘ‡ÌËfl Ó Ù‡È·ı JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Audio CD Ë
MP3- ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ VIDEO CD . 21
èÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚ı ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ . 21
쉇ÎÂÌË ‰ÓÓÊÍË ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ . . . . 21
쉇ÎÂÌË ‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . 21
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
è‡ÏflÚ¸ ÔÓÒΉÌÂÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ï‡ÌËÚÂθ ˝Í‡Ì‡. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ç˚·Ó ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ëÔ‡‚͇
ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ . . . . . . . . . . 23
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ‚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌËfl
é·ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl, ÏÓ„Û˘Ë Ô˘ËÌËÚ¸ ‚‰ ͇Í
Ò‡ÏÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ, Ú‡Í Ë ‰Û„ËÏ ÔË·Ó‡Ï.
é·ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ ÓÒÓ·˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
é·ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ ÔÓ‰Ò͇ÁÍË Ë Á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl Ó ÚÓÏ, Í‡Í Î„˜Â
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ÚÓ ËÎË ËÌÓ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÂ.
3
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌËÂ
èÂ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ ‡·ÓÚ˚
ÑËÒÍË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ ̇ ÔÎÂÂ
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ (ÚÓθÍÓ DVD)
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÓÒÌÓ‚ÌÓ„Ó ÙËθχ ËÎË ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌËÂ
ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚÂÈ ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl, ËÎË ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌËÂ
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı
ÓÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓÒÚÂÈ, ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È ‡Î¸·ÓÏ.
ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ Ì‡Á‚‡Ì˲ ÔËÒ‚ÓÂÌ ÒÒ˚ÎÓ˜Ì˚È ÌÓÏÂ, ˜ÚÓ
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Î„ÍÓ Â„Ó ÓÚ˚Ò͇ڸ.
DVD
(‰ËÒÍ 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
ÇˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍ
(‰ËÒÍ 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
ÄÛ‰ËÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍ
(‰ËÒÍ 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó, ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ DVD-R,
DVD±RW, Kodak PICTURE CD, SVCD Ë CD-R ËÎË CD-RW
‰ËÒÍË, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÓ‰ÂʇÚÒfl ‡Û‰ËÓÁ‡ÔËÒ¸ ËÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚
MP3, WMA ËÎË JPEG.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
– Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ‡ÔÔ‡‡Ú‡ ËÎË ÓÚ
Ò‡ÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇ CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/±RW) ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â
‰ËÒÍË CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/±RW) Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË Ì‡ ‚‡¯ÂÏ ÔÎÂÂÂ.
– ç ÔËÍÎÂË‚‡ÈÚ ͇ÍËÂ-ÎË·Ó Ì‡ÍÎÂÈÍË ËÎË ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ
(Í‡Í ÒÓ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍË, Ú‡Í Ë Ò Ó·‡ÚÌÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚).
– ç ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ‰ËÒ͇ÏË ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓÈ ÙÓÏ˚ (̇ÔËÏÂ,
ÔÓÍÓÓ·ÎÂÌÌ˚ÏË ‚ ÂÁÛθڇÚ ̇„‚‡ÌËfl ËÎË
ÏÌÓ„ÓÛ„ÓθÌ˚ÏË). ùÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl Ó ÇàÑÖé Ë DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë
‚ˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ô‰̇ÏÂÂÌÌÓ
ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ˚ ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎflÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl.
èÓÒÍÓθÍÛ ˝ÚÓÚ ÔÎÂÂ ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÂÚ ‰ËÒÍË DVD Ë ‚ˉÂÓ
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍË ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌËÂÏ,
‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌ˚Ï ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎÂÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÎÂÂ‡ ÔË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ó͇Á‡Ú¸Òfl ̉ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ÏË, ËÎË
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË. í‡ÍÊÂ
Ó·‡ÚËÚ ‚ÌËχÌË ̇ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË, ÔË·„‡ÂÏ˚ Í
‰ËÒÍ‡Ï DVD Ë ‚ˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒ͇Ï. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË
DVD, ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ‰ÂÎÓ‚˚ı ˆÂÎÂÈ, ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ ̇
˝ÚÓÏ ÔÎÂÂ Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ.
ê„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD Ë ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD
чÌÌ˚È ÔÎÂÂ DVD ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡Ì Ë ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ò
ˆÂθ˛ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ò
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚Ï Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËÂÏ, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚Ï
‰Îfl „ËÓ̇ “5”. äÓ‰ „ËÓ̇ ̇ ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ı ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ, ̇ ÔÎÂÂ ͇ÍÓ„Ó ÚËÔ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÚË ‰ËÒÍË. ç‡ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÔÎÂÂ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸ ‰ËÒÍË DVD ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ÏË “5” ËÎË
“ALL”. èË ÔÓÔ˚ÚÍ ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËfl ‰Û„Ëı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇
˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒˇ ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “Check Regional
Code” (ÔÓ‚Â¸Ú „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰).
ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ Ò
ÍÓ‰ÓÏ, ıÓÚfl Ëı ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ ‚ÒΉÒÚ‚ËÂ
ÏÂÒÚÌ˚ı Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ.
5
4
íÂÏËÌ˚, ÓÚÌÓÒfl˘ËÂÒfl Í ‰ËÒÍÛ
É·‚‡ (ÚÓθÍÓ DVD)
ó‡ÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌÓÈ Ô¸ÂÒ˚, ÏÂ̸¯‡fl ÔÓ
Ò‡‚ÌÂÌ˲ Ò ‡Á‰ÂÎÓÏ. ê‡Á‰ÂÎ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ Ó‰ÌÛ ËÎË
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ „·‚.
ä‡Ê‰ÓÈ „·‚ ÔËÒ‚ÓÂÌ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ Î„ÍÓ ÂÂ
̇ÈÚË. Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ „·‚˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÌÂ
Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚.
ÑÓÓÊ͇ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ˉÂÓ Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍË)
ó‡ÒÚ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌÓÈ Ô¸ÂÒ˚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ
ËÎË Ì‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÂ.
ä‡Ê‰ÓÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍ ÔËÒ‚ÓÂÌ ÌÓÏÂ, ˜ÚÓ Ó·Î„˜‡ÂÚ ÔÓËÒÍ.
ëˆÂ̇
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒ͇ı Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (Playback
control, ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ Ë
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‡Á‰ÂÎÂÌ˚ ̇ ÒÂ͈ËË,
̇Á˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ “Scenes” (ÒˆÂÌ˚). ä‡Ê‰‡fl ÒˆÂ̇ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂ̇
‚ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ Ë ÂÈ ÔËÒ‚ÓÂÌ ÌÓÏÂ, ӷ΄˜‡˛˘ËÈ
ÔÓËÒÍ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒˆÂÌ˚.
ëˆÂ̇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ.
íËÔ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ‚ˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍË ‰‚Ûı ÚËÔÓ‚:
ÇˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC (‚ÂÒËfl 2.0)
îÛÌ͈ËË PBC (Playback control, ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛Ú ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸ ̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
˜ÂÂÁ ÏÂÌ˛, ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË ÔÓËÒ͇ ËÎË ‰Û„ËÏË
ÓÔÂ‡ˆËflÏË, Ò‚ÓÈÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ÏË ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂ‡Ï. äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó,
ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÒÚÓÔ-͇‰˚ Ò ‚˚ÒÓÍËÏ
‡Á¯ÂÌËÂÏ, ÂÒÎË ÓÌË ÒÓ‰ÂʇÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
ÇˉÂÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍË ·ÂÁ PBC (‚ÂÒËfl 1.1)
ùÚË ‰ËÒÍË ÔÓË„˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl Ú‡Í ÊÂ, Í‡Í Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍË, ÓÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛Ú ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍ, ÌÓ Ì Ò̇·ÊÂÌ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC.
èÂ‰ ̇˜‡ÎÓÏ ‡·ÓÚ˚ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ
ìÔ‡Íӂ͇ ÔÎÂÂ‡
éË„Ë̇θ̇fl ͇ÚÓÌ̇fl ÛÔ‡Íӂ͇ Ë ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚Ó˜Ì˚Â
χÚÂˇÎ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔË„Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl. óÚÓ·˚ χÍÒËχθÌÓ
Á‡˘ËÚËÚ¸ ÔË·Ó, ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚˚‚‡ÈÚÂ Â„Ó Ú‡Í, Í‡Í ÓÌ ·˚Î
ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚‡Ì ÔË ‚˚ÔÛÒÍÂ Ò Á‡‚Ó‰‡-ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎfl.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ÔË·Ó‡
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ÔÓÏÂıË Ì‡
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËË Ë ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl Á‚Û͇ ‚ ‡·ÓÚ‡˛˘Ëı
ÔÓ·ÎËÁÓÒÚË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ, ‚ˉÂÓÔÎÂÂ ËÎË
‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌËÍÂ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÓÚÌÂÒËÚ ÔË·Ó
ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ‚ˉÂÓÔÎÂÂ‡ ËÎË
‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇ ËÎË ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ ÔË·Ó, ‚˚ÌÛ‚ ‰ËÒÍ.
ä‡Í ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ‚ ˜ËÒÚÓÚ ̇ÛÊÌÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸
ç ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ÎÂÚÛ˜ËÏË ÊˉÍÓÒÚflÏË, Ú‡ÍËÏË Í‡Í
ÊˉÍÓÒÚ¸ ÓÚ Ì‡ÒÂÍÓÏ˚ı ‚ ‡˝ÓÁÓÎÂ, ‚·ÎËÁË ÔË·Ó‡. çÂ
ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ̇ ‰Ó΄Ó ‚ÂÏfl ̇ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÂÁËÌÓ‚˚ ËÎË
Ô·ÒÚχÒÒÓ‚˚ Ô‰ÏÂÚ˚, ÓÚ ÌËı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÓÒÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÒΉ˚.
óËÒÚ͇ ÔË·Ó‡
óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚˜ËÒÚËÚ¸ ÍÓÔÛÒ
èË ˜ËÒÚÍ ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ ÒÛıÓÈ Ú̸͇˛. ÖÒÎË
ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ÒËθÌÓ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚, ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ Ïfl„ÍÓÈ
Ú̸͇˛, Ò΄͇ ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ Ò··˚Ï ÏÓ˛˘ËÏ ‡ÒÚ‚ÓÓÏ.
ç ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ÒËθÌ˚ÏË ‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎflÏË, Ú‡ÍËÏË Í‡Í
ÒÔËÚ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ, ËÎË ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ, ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ ÓÌË ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÔÓ‚‰ËÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡.
ä‡Í ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ˜ÂÚÍÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
èÎÂÂ DVD – ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÚÂıÌÓÎӄ˘ÌÓ ÔˆËÁËÓÌÌÓÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó. ÖÒÎË Ó·˙ÂÍÚË‚ Ë ‰ÂÚ‡ÎË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚Ó‰‡
Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚ ËÎË ËÁÌÓ¯ÂÌ˚, ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
ÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl ÔÎÓıËÏ.
êÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl „ÛÎflÌÓ ÔÓ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂÍÛ Ë
ÚÂıÓ·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌË ˜ÂÂÁ ͇ʉ˚ 1000 ˜‡ÒÓ‚ ‡·ÓÚ˚.
(èÂËӉ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË.)
ᇠÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÒÚflÏË Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ÔÓ‰‡‚ˆÛ
̇¯ÂÈ ÚÂıÌËÍË.
ï‡ÌÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓÒΠÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËfl ı‡ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÍÓÓ·ÍÂ.
ç ÔÓ‰‚Â„‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ÔflÏÓÏÛ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲ ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ı
ÎÛ˜ÂÈ ËÎË ÚÂÔ·, Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚÂ Â„Ó ‚ ÔËÔ‡ÍÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ Ì‡
ÒÓÎ̈ ‡‚ÚÓÏÓ·ËÎÂ, ‚ÌÛÚË ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡
‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ÔÓ‚˚ÒËÚ¸Òfl.
óËÒÚ͇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
éÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ Ë Ô˚θ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‚˚Á˚‚‡˛Ú
ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë Á‚Û͇. èÂ‰
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ ÔÓÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ ˜ËÒÚÓÈ Ú͇Ì‚ÓÈ
Ò‡ÎÙÂÚÍÓÈ. èÓÚË‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ÓÚ ˆÂÌÚ‡ Í Í‡flÏ.
ç ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ÒËθÌ˚ÏË ‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎflÏË, Ú‡ÍËÏË Í‡Í
ÒÔËÚ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ, Ëϲ˘ËÂÒfl ‚ ÔÓ‰‡Ê ˜ËÒÚfl˘Ë Ò‰ÒÚ‚‡
ËÎË ‡˝ÓÁÓθÌÓ ‡ÌÚËÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍÓ Ò‰ÒÚ‚Ó ‰Îfl ÒÚ‡˚ı
‚ËÌËÎÓ‚˚ı Ô·ÒÚËÌÓÍ.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl Á̇˜ÓÍ “
”. éÌ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl,
Û͇Á‡Ì̇fl ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Ì‡ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌÓÏ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ ‚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË, ‚ ̇Á‚‡ÌËË ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚, ͇҇ÂÚÒfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌÌ˚ı
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÏ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓÏ.
DVD
DVD
VCD2.0
ÇˉÂÓ CD Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl Ó ‰ËÒ͇ı
é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË.
ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ‰ËÒ͇ Ò Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛.
ÅÂËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Á‡ Í‡fl Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ̇ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ‰ËÒ͇ ÌÂ
ÓÒÚ‡‚‡ÎÓÒ¸ ÒΉӂ ԇθˆÂ‚.
ç ÔËÍÎÂË‚‡ÈÚÂ Í ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ‰ËÒ͇ ·Ûχ„Û ËÎË
ÎËÔÍÛ˛ ÎÂÌÚÛ.
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ).
VCD1.1
ÇˉÂÓ CD ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËË PBC.
CD
ÄÛ‰ËÓ CD
MP3
ÑËÒÍ åê3
WMA
ÑËÒÍ WMA
JPEG
ÑËÒÍ JPEG
5
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ
è‰ÛÔÂʉÂÌËfl
èÂ‰Ìflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ/ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ
èàíÄçàÖ
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ Ë
‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÔÎÂÂ.
ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ ( 2 )
燘Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
èÄìáÄ ( ; )
ÇÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÔËÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ/̇ÊËχÈÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ
‰Îfl ÔÓ¯‡„Ó‚Ó„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
áÂÎÂÌ˚È Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ DVD
ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂθ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌ.
ëíéè ( 9 )
éÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
èÓÔÛÒÍ/ÔÓÍÛÚ͇ ( Q / S )
ÇÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËÂ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË
ËÎË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË/ ÚÂÍÛ.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ó·‡ÚÌÓ„Ó ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ Ë
Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì ÏÂÌ ‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉.
èÓÍÛÚ͇ / Ò͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ‚ ÔflÏÓÏ
̇Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ( T / R )
èÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍÂ/˜‡ÒÚË.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ÁÓ‚‡ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ Ë
Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ì ÏÂÌ ‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉.
éíäêõíú/áÄäêõíú ( / )
éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ ËÎË Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ
Í˚¯ÍÛ ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
ÑËÒÔÎÂÈÌÓÂ ÓÍÌÓ
éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ.
ãÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
벉‡ Í·‰ÂÚÒfl ‰ËÒÍ.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ‡ÍÛÒ‡
чژËÍ ÔÛθڇ Ñì
êÄáÑÖã ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·
ÉãÄÇÄ/íêÖä çÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ „·‚˚ ËÎË ÚÂ͇
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ DVD
CD ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ CD
VCD ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ CD
MP3 ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ MP3 ËÎË
WMA
DVD
èÓÎÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl/Ôӯ‰¯Â ‚ÂÏfl
èêéÉ. á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
èêéàáÇéãúçé ÇÍβ˜ÂÌÓ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ
ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘Û˛
ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÔÎÂÂ‡:
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ,
Ô‡ÛÁ‡ Ë Ú.‰.
MP3 VCD
6
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ
ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌËfl
CD DVD
TITLE
CHP/TRK
PROG.
RANDOM ALL A
B
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
OPEN/CLOSE (éíäêõíú/áÄäêõíú)
éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ
ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
чÌ̇fl ÍÌÓÔ͇ Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl.
POWER
OPEN/CLOSE
DVD SOUND/MUTE
TV
DISPLAY
RETURN
PR./CH
SELECT
VOL
MENU
TV AV
VOL
ENTER
TITLE
PR./CH
PAUSE/STEP
SKIP/SCAN
SLOW
STOP
PLAY
SKIP/SCAN
TV
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ ÂÊËÏ
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl TV.
RETURN (ÇéáÇêÄí) / TV AV
- ì·Ë‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË.
- éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚ˉÂÓ CD Ò
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊÍÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË PBC.
- Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î AUX A/V.
SELECT/ENTER (ÇõÅéê/ÇÇéÑ)
èÓ‰Ú‚Âʉ‡ÂÚ ‚˚·Ó ÏÂÌ˛.
TITLE (êÄáÑÖã)
éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚ ‰ËÒ͇,
ÂÒÎË Ú‡ÍÓ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl.
• Forward SKIP/SCAN (èÓÍÛÚ͇ /
ë͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ‚ÔÂ‰ ( T ))
èÓËÒÍ ‚ÔÂ‰*/ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ
„·‚ ËÎË ‰ÓÓÊÍÂ.
PROGRAM
CLEAR
• PLAY (ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ ( 2 ))
燘Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
• Reverse SKIP/SCAN
(èÓÔÛÒÍ/Ò͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ̇Á‡‰ ( S ))
èÓËÒÍ Ì‡Á‡‰*/ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ
ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ „·‚˚ ËÎË ‰ÓÓÊÍË,
ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ „·‚ ËÎË
‰ÓÓÊÍÂ.
AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE SETUP
REPEAT
A-B RANDOM ZOOM
MARKER SEARCH
* ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÂÂ
̇ʇÚÓÈ ‰‚ ÒÂÍÛ̉˚.
PROGRAM
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ/‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
CLEAR (éóàëíäÄ)
ì·Ë‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ‰ÓÓÊÍË ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ËÎË ÏÂÚÍÛ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛
èéàëä åÖíäà.
• REPEAT (èéÇíéê)
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ „·‚˚,
‰ÓÓÊÍË, ‡Á‰Â·, ‚ÒÂ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇.
• Ä-Ç (èÓ‚ÚÓ Ä-Ç)
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ ÔÓfl‰ÓÍ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡.
• RANDOM (èêéàáÇéãúçé)
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
‰ÓÓÊÂÍ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ.
• ZOOM (ìÇÖãàóÖçàÖ)
ì‚Â΢˂‡ÂÚ ‚ˉÂÓËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ë Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË.
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ: èËÏÂÌÓ 23 ÙÛÚ‡ (7 Ï) ÓÚ ÔËÂÏÌË͇
ì„ÓÎ: èËÏÂÌÓ 30∞ ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÓÚ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ
ÒÚÂÌÍË ÔËÂÏÌË͇
AAA
AAA
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ÂÂÍ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ëÌËÏËÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ ÓÚÒÂ͇ ‰Îfl ·‡Ú‡ÂÂÍ Ì‡
Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ë ‚ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰‚ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË R03
(ÚËÔ AAA), Òӷ≇fl ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚ¸.
éÒÚÓÓÊÌÓ
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ӉÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÒÚ‡Û˛ Ë ÌÓ‚Û˛
·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË. çËÍÓ„‰‡ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ӉÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ
·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ‡ÁÌ˚ı ÚËÔÓ‚ (Ó·˚˜ÌÛ˛, ˘ÂÎÓ˜ÌÛ˛ Ë Ú. Ô.).
7
ǂ‰ÂÌËÂ
POWER (èàíÄçàÖ)
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ DVD ÔÎÂÂ.
SOUND/MUTE (áÇìä / Çõäã)
- Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ 3D SURROUND
ÔË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇.
- ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
DVD
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ ÂÊËÏ
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl DVD.
DISPLAY (ÑàëèãÖâ)
è‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ
1 2 3 4 (‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó/‚‚Âı/‚ÌËÁ)
- Ç˚·Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ ÏÂÌ˛
- Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌ˚È Í‡Ì‡Î Ë
ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ÛÓ‚Â̸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
MENU (åÖçû)
ÑÓÒÚÛÔ Í ÏÂÌ˛ DVD ‰ËÒ͇.
PAUSE/STEP (èÄìáÄ ( ; )) •
ÇÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÔËÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË /̇ÊËχÈÚÂ
ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ‰Îfl ÔÓ¯‡„Ó‚Ó„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
SLOW ( , / . ) •
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
‚ÔÂ‰/̇Á‡‰.
STOP (ëíéè ( 9 )) •
éÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
ñËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË 0-9
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÓˆËÙÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ÏÂÌ˛.
AUDIO (ÄìÑàé) •
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ flÁ˚Í (DVD) ËÎË Í‡Ì‡Î
Á‚Û͇ (CD).
SUBTITLE (ëìÅíàíêõ) •
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ flÁ˚Í ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚.
ANGLE (êÄäìêë) •
èÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ¸ Û„ÓÎ
͇ÏÂ˚ DVD, ÂÒÎË Ú‡ÍÓÂ
Ô‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚Ï
Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ‰ËÒ͇
SETUP (çÄëíêéâäÄ) •
è‰ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ËÎË Û·Ë‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË.
MARKER (åÖíäÄ) •
èÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÓÚÏÂÚËÚ¸ β·Ó ÏÂÒÚÓ ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
SEARCH (èéàëä) •
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ èéàëä åÖíäà.
ᇉÌflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ
äéÄäëàÄã (ñËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‡Û‰ËÓ ‚˚ıÓ‰)
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ‡Û‰ËÓ
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲ (Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl).
ÄìÑàé ÇõïéÑ (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È)
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í
ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ, ÂÒË‚ÂÛ ËÎË ÒÚÂÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏÂ.
ÇàÑÖéÇõïéÑ
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í
‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰Û ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ ëäÄêí ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ ëäÄêí.
ëÂÚ‚ÓÈ ¯ÌÛ
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ ÓÁÂÚÍÛ.
ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ÏÂÚ‡Î΢ÂÒÍËÏ ˜‡ÒÚflÏ ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚ ̇
Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. ùÎÂÍÚÓÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áfl‰ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÔË·Ó‡.
8
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
èÓ‰Ò͇ÁÍË
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ
ÒÔÓÒÓ·Ó‚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÔÎÂÂ‡. ÇÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ Ó‰ÌËÏ
ËÁ ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ÂÁÛθڇڇ ÔË
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓÒÚË Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ ÔÓ
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ͇ÒÒÂÚÌÓ„Ó
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇, ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒÚÂÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ËÎË
‰Û„Ëı ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚.
óÚÓ·˚ ‰Ó·ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Á‚Û͇ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚÂ Í ‡Á˙ÂχÏ
AUDIO OUT ÔÎÂÂ‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰˚ ÛÒËÎËÚÂÎfl,
ÔËÂÏÌË͇, ÒÚÂÂÓ ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓÓ·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
ëÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ "èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl" ̇ ÒÚ. 10.
ᇉÌflfl
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
Rear ofÔ‡ÌÂθ
TV
SCART INPUT
VIDEO
INPUT
AUDIO INPUT
R
A
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
L
V
T
éÒÚÓÓÊÌÓ
– èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÔÎÂÂ DVD ̇ÔflÏÛ˛ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ̇ Ô‡‚ËθÌ˚È ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ
‚ˉÂÓ͇̇Î.
– ç ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÈÚÂ Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AUDIO OUT ÔÎÂÂ‡ ‡Á˙ÂÏ
̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚ (̇ ‰ÂÍ Á‡ÔËÒË) ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
– ç ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÈÚ DVD ÔÎÂÂ ˜ÂÂÁ ͇ÒÒÂÚÌ˚È
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ. ñËÙÓ‚Ó ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ
·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌÓ ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ
ë‰Â·ÈÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ ‚
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ Ëϲ˘Â„ÓÒfl
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
Rear of
DVDÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
player
ᇉÌflfl
Ô‡ÌÂθ
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ
1
2
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ VIDEO OUT ̇ ÔÎÂÂ DVD Ò
‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ VIDEO IN ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÔË·„‡ÂÏ˚Ï
‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎÂÏ (V).
ëÓ‰ËÌËڠ΂˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ AUDIO OUT
ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD Ò ‡Á˙ÂχÏË AUDIO LEFT/RIGHT IN
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ (A) ÔË·„‡ÂÏ˚ÏË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎflÏË.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË S-Video
1
2
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ ‡Á˙ÂÏ S-VIDEO OUT ̇ ÔÎÂÂÂ
DVD Ò ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚Ï ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ S-VIDEO IN ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔË·„‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í‡·ÂÎfl S-Video (S).
ëÓ‰ËÌËڠ΂˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚
AUDIO OUT ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò Î‚˚Ï Ë Ô‡‚˚Ï Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ÏË
‚ıÓ‰‡ÏË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ (Ä) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔË·„‡ÂÏ˚ı
‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎÂÈ.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ ëäÄêí
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ͇·ÂÎÂÏ (T) ‡Á˙ÂÏ ëäÄêí Ò Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸˛
«TO TV» Ò Ì‡ DVD-ÔÎÂÂÂ Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÏ ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
9
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲
ᇉÌflfl
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Rear
of Ô‡ÌÂθ
DVD player
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
‡Ì‡ÎÓ„Ó‚Ó„Ó ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓ„Ó ÒÚÂÂÓ ËÎË Dolby
Pro Logic ll/ Pro Logic
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËڠ΂˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È ‚˚ıÓ‰˚ AUDIO OUT
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í Î‚ÓÏÛ Ë Ô‡‚ÓÏÛ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ ‚ıÓ‰Û
ÛÒËÎËÚÂÎfl, ÂÒË‚Â‡ ËÎË ÒÚÂÂÓÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
ÔË·„‡ÂÏ˚ı ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎÂÈ (A).
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó
‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓ„Ó ÒÚÂÂÓ (PCM) ËÎË Í ‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ
ÂÒË‚ÂÛ, Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚Ï
‰ÂÍÓ‰ÂÓÏ (Dolby Digital™, MPEG 2 ËÎË DTS)
1
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ ӉËÌ ËÁ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚ DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD (COAXIAL X) Ò
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÏ ‚ıÓ‰Ì˚Ï ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ ÛÒËÎËÚÂÎfl.
ÇÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚Ï Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Ï
ˆËÙÓ‚˚Ï Í‡·ÂÎÂÏ (ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚Ï X).
2
ç Á‡·Û‰¸Ú ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔË·Ó‡.
(ëÏÓÚËÚ ‡Á‰ÂÎ "ñËÙÓ‚ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰" ̇
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 13).
X
A
COAXIAL
ñËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍ
ñËÙÓ‚Ó ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌË ӷÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ
̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Á‚Û͇. ÑÎfl ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ„Ó
ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ËÏÂÚ¸ ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚È
‡Û‰ËÓ/‚ˉÂÓ ÂÒË‚Â, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ÙÓχÚÓ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔË·Ó‡ (MPEG 2, Dolby
Digital ËÎË DTS). ëÏÓÚËÚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl
ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ë ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔ˚ ̇ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË ÂÒË‚Â‡.
éÒÚÓÓÊÌÓ:
Ç ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÎˈÂÌÁËÓÌÌ˚Ï Òӄ·¯ÂÌËÂÏ DTS, ‚
ÂÊËÏ DTS Á‚ÛÍ Ì‡ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚
ÙÓχÚ DTS.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
– ÖÒÎË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÙÓÏ‡Ú ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ÌÂ
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚflÏ ÂÒË‚Â‡, ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ Ò ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËflÏË ËÎË ÌÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Â„Ó ÒÓ‚ÒÂÏ.
– òÂÒÚË͇̇θ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ Digital Surround Sound Ò
ˆËÙÓ‚˚Ï ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÔËÂÏÌËÍ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚Ï
ˆËÙÓ‚˚Ï ‰ÂÍÓ‰ÂÓÏ.
– ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ۂˉÂÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÙÓχÚ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇ ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
AUDIO.
10
DIGITAL INPUT
Amplifier
ìÒËÎËÚÂθ(Receiver)
(ÂÒË‚Â)
R
L
AUDIO INPUT
èÖêÖÑ çÄóÄãéå êÄÅéíõ
鷢 ÓÔËÒ‡ÌËÂ
á̇˜ÍË ÔÓÎfl ÒÚ‡ÚÛÒ‡
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚ ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË
ÔÓ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲ ÔË·ÓÓÏ. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD ‰ËÒÍË
ÚÂ·Û˛Ú ÓÒÓ·Ó„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛Ú
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË. Ç Ú‡ÍÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ, ÓÁ̇˜‡˛˘ËÈ, ˜ÚÓ ‰‡Ì̇fl
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÔË·ÓÓÏ ËÎË ‰ËÒÍÓÏ.
TITLE
CHAPT
TRACK
ALL
ùÍ‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÌ˛
A B
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚‚ÂÒÚË Ó·˘Û˛
ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚
ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÓÚ΢‡Ú¸Òfl.
OFF
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛
1
2
3
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
4 ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡.
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ 3/4
Ç˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÌÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔӉ҂˜ÂÌ.
2 ‰Îfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Á̇˜ÂÌËfl ÔÛÌÍÚ‡.
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ 1 /2
èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
èÓ‚ÚÓ ˜‡ÒÚË.
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‰ÓÓÊÍË (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ
ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC)
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC)
èÓ‚ÚÓ Ä-Ç
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚˚ÍÎ.
èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÒΉ̄Ó
ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl.
ÑÂÈÒÚ‚Ë Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ ËÎË Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‚ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔËÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸ Ì ‚Ò ÔÛÌÍÚ˚.
ÖÒÎË ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÌË Ó‰Ì‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ
̇ʇڇ, ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÂÚ.
DVD
èÛÌÍÚ
4)
îÛÌ͈Ëfl (ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ 3/4
çÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
çÓÏÂ ˜‡ÒÚË
1 /3
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· Ë Ó·˘Â ˜ËÒÎÓ
‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚ Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ.
1 /12
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË, Ó·˘Â ˜ËÒÎÓ ˜‡ÒÚÂÈ Ë
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ˜‡ÒÚË.
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
0:20:09
üÁ˚Í ‡Û‰ËÓ ÂÊËÏ
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó
‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
üÁ˚Í ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚
ê‡ÍÛÒ
á‚ÛÍ
VCD2.0
ABC
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ÂÏfl ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl,
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
OFF
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ flÁ˚Í Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl,
ÏÂÚÓ‰ ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ë ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Í‡Ì‡ÎÓ‚ Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ
ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚.
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ flÁ˚Í ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚
Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Â„Ó ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸.
1 /1
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡, Ó·˘Â ˜ËÒÎÓ
‡ÍÛÒÓ‚ Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ‡ÍÛÒÛ.
NORM.
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ
ÂÊËÏ Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Â„Ó ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸.
åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡
1 / 2 ËÎË ˆËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË,
SELECT/ENTER
1 / 2 ËÎË ˆËÙÓ‚˚Â
ÍÌÓÔÍË, SELECT/ENTER
ñËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË,
SELECT/ENTER
1 / 2, ËÎË
AUDIO
1 / 2, ËÎË
SUBTILE
1 / 2, ËÎË
ANGLE
1 / 2, ËÎË
SOUND
VCD1.1
èÛÌÍÚ
4)
îÛÌ͈Ëfl (ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ 3/4
çÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇, Ó·˘Â ˜ËÒÎÓ ÚÂÍÓ‚ Ë
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ.
ÇÂÏfl
1 /4
åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡
1 / 2 ËÎË ˆËÙÓ‚˚Â,
Á‡ÚÂÏ SELECT/ENTER
0:20:09
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ‚ÂÏfl ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
(·ÂÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl)
STER.
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î
Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Â„Ó ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸.
1 / 2, ËÎË
AUDIO
NORM.
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ
Ë ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Â„Ó ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸.
1 / 2, ËÎË
SOUND
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇̇Î
á‚ÛÍ
–
11
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı Á̇˜ÂÌËÈ (̇ÔËÏÂ,
ÌÓÏÂ‡ ‡Á‰Â·) ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
ˆËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ ÚÂ·Û˛Ú
̇ʇÚËfl SELECT/ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl.
éÒÚÓÓÊÌÓ:
èÂʉ ˜ÂÏ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD ËÎË TV Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‰Îfl ‡·ÓÚ˚.
èÖêÖÑ çÄóÄãéå êÄÅéíõ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
чÌÌ˚È ÔË·Ó ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı
̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
üÁ˚Í ÏÂÌ˛
Ç˚·Ë‡ÈÚ flÁ˚Í ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. åÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË SETUP.
鷢ˠ҂‰ÂÌËfl Ó Ì‡˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇x
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SETUP.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
Progressive Scan
Progressive Scan
àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ˉ‡
4.
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ 3/4
2 燂˚·‡ÌÌ˚ı
˝Í‡Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓ͇Á‡Ì˚ ÚÂÍÛ˘Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ Ë ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
äÓ„‰‡ ÌÛÊÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·‡Ì, ̇ÊÏËÚ 2,
3 ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
4 ‰Îfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl
ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ 3/4
SELECT/ENTER, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ¸
4 ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl.
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÚÂ·Û˛Ú ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı
5
4:3 Letterbox
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SETUP, RETURN ËÎË PLAY, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
4:3 Panscan
16:9 Wide
üÁ˚Í
üÁ˚Í ‰ËÒ͇
DVD
Ç˚·ÂËÚ flÁ˚Í ËÁ ÔÛÌÍÚÓ‚ Audio ËÎË Subtitle ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇.
CTAHÑAPTHAü : ÅÛ‰ÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì flÁ˚Í ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó
‰ËÒ͇ ÔÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲.
ÑPìÉàE : óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ flÁ˚Í, ‚‚‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È ÍÓ‰
flÁ˚͇ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ. ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚͇
Ô˂‰ÂÌ Ì‡ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 24.
èË ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ ‚˚·Ó Ì‚ÂÌÓ„Ó flÁ˚͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ CLEAR.
Progressive Scan
12
DVD
4:3 Letterbox : Ç˚·Ë‡ÈÚ ˝ÚÓÚ ÒÚËθ, ÂÒÎË Û ‚‡Ò
Ó·˚˜Ì˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ. àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‡ÒÚfl„Ë‚‡ÂÚÒfl, ˜ÚÓ·˚
Û·‡Ú¸ ÔÓÎÓÒ˚ Ò‚ÂıÛ Ë ÒÌËÁÛ ˝Í‡Ì‡.
4:3 Panscan : Ç˚·Ë‡ÈÚ ˝ÚÓÚ ÒÚËθ, ÂÒÎË Û ‚‡Ò Ó·˚˜Ì˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ. àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ӷÂÁ‡ÂÚÒfl ÔÓ‰ ‡ÁÏÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
é·Â ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ Ó·ÂÁ‡˛ÚÒfl.
16:9 Wide : Ç˚·Ë‡ÈÚ ˝ÚÓÚ ÒÚËθ, ÂÒÎË Û ‚‡Ò
¯ËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
Progressive Scan
á‚ÛÍ
ÑÛ„ËÂ
ñËÙÓ‚ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ DRC, Vocal, PBC Ë Auto Play ÏÓÊÌÓ
ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸.
4 ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ 3/4
̇ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER. èË ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌ ËÎË
ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ.
ç‡ Í‡Ê‰ÓÏ ‰ËÒÍ DVD ÂÒÚ¸ ¯ËÓÍËÈ ‚˚·Ó
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛
ÔÎÂÂ‡ Digital Audio Output (ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl) ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÚËÔÓÏ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM: ÂÒÎË ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜Â̇ ˜ÂÂÁ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰ Í ‰ÂÍÓ‰ÂÛ
Dolby Digital, ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ, ËÎË ‰Û„ÓÏÛ
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲ Ò ‰ÂÍÓ‰ÂÓÏ Dolby Digital.
DRC
Vocal
PBC
Auto Play
Stream/PCM: Ç˚·ÂËÚ «Stream/PCM», ÂÒÎË
ÒËÒÚÂχ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜Â̇ ˜ÂÂÁ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰ Í
‰ÂÍÓ‰ÂÛ DTS, ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ, ËÎË ‰Û„ÓÏÛ
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲ Ò ‰ÂÍÓ‰ÂÓÏ Dolby Digital ËÎË
MPEG.
PCM: Ç˚·ÂËÚ ˝ÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË Í
‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÏÛ ÒÚÂÂÓÛÒËÎËÚÂβ. ëËÒÚÂχ
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÙÓχÚ
PCM ÔË ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËË DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ‚
ÂÊËχı Dolby Digital, MPEG1 ËÎË MPEG2.
Sample Freq.
48KHz
Progressive Scan
96KHz
Progressive Scan
äÓÌÚÓθ ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓ̇ (DRC)
Å·„Ó‰‡fl ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË Á‚Û͇ DVD ÙÓχÚ
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÛÒÎ˚¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ
‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒË ‚ ̇˷ÓΠ·ÎËÁÍÓÈ Í ÓË„Ë̇ÎÛ ÙÓÏÂ.
é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ËÌÓ„‰‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÚ·ӂ‡Ú¸Òfl Ó„‡Ì˘ËÚ¸
‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
(‡ÁÌËˆÛ ÏÂÊ‰Û Ì‡Ë·ÓΠ„ÓÏÍËÏË Ë Ì‡Ë·ÓΠÚËıËÏË
Û˜‡ÒÚ͇ÏË). ùÚÓ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÂ
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË ÔË ÌËÁÍÓÏ ÛÓ‚Ì Á‚Û͇ ·ÂÁ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËÈ.
êÂÊËÏ DRC ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ˝ÚÛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛.
ÇÓ͇Π(Vocal)
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ‚˚·ÓÍË
ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚ ‚˚·ÓÍË ÒÔÂ‚‡ Á‡‰‡ÈÚÂ
ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚËÔ ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â.
ÖÒÎË ‚‡¯ ÂÒË‚Â ËÎË ÛÒËÎËÚÂθ Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ
Ó·‡·‡Ú˚‚‡Ú¸ Ò˄̇Π‚ ÙÓχÚ 96ÍɈ, ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
48ÍɈ. íÂÔÂ¸ Ò˄̇ΠÙÓχڇ 96 ÍɈ ·Û‰ÂÚ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂÂÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ 48 Í√ˆ, Ë
‚‡¯‡ ÒËÒÚÂχ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ Ò ÌËÏ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.
ÖÒÎË ‚‡¯ ÂÒË‚Â ËÎË ÛÒËÎËÚÂθ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ó·‡·‡Ú˚‚‡Ú¸
Ò˄̇Π‚ ÙÓχÚ 96ÍɈ, ‚˚·ÂËÚ 96ÍɈ. èË ˝ÚÓÏ
ÒË„Ì‡Î Î˛·Ó„Ó ÙÓχڇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸Òfl ·ÂÁ
͇ÍÓÈ-ÎË·Ó ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ Ó·‡·ÓÚÍË.
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ˝ÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ ÔË ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËË
ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ„Ó DVD ͇‡ÓÍÂ. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÂÊËÏ ͇̇Î˚
͇‡ÓÍ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔӉϯ˂‡Ú¸Òfl Í Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏÛ
ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‚ÛÍÛ.
PBC
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ ËÎË ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (PBC).
On (‚ÍÎ): ÇˉÂÓ CD ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò PBC.
Off: ÇˉÂÓ CD ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl Ú‡Í ÊÂ Í‡Í ‡Û‰ËÓ CD.
Ä‚ÚÓÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌË (Auto Play)
DVD
DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸
Á‡„ÛʇÂÏ˚ DVD ‰ËÒÍË.
Ç ÂÊËÏ ‡‚ÚÓÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËfl DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
̇˜ÌÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ҇ÏÓ„Ó ‰ÎËÌÌÓ„Ó ‡Á‰Â· ÔË
Á‡„ÛÁÍ ‰ËÒ͇.
ÇÍÎ: îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‡‚ÚÓÔÓË„Ó‚‡ÌËfl ‚Íβ˜Â̇.
Ç˚ÍÎ: îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‡‚ÚÓÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËfl ÓÚÍβ˜Â̇.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ä‚ÚÓÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ò ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË
DVD ‰ËÒ͇ÏË.
13
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
èÖêÖÑ çÄóÄãéå êÄÅéíõ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èÖêÖÑ çÄóÄãéå êÄÅéíõ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ Ì‡‰ÁÓ
äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚
êÂÈÚËÌ„
ǂ‰ËÚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ / ÁÓÌÛ, Òڇ̉‡Ú˚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ·˚ÎË
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˚ ‚ ÂÈÚËÌ„Â DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò
ÍÓ‰‡ÏË ÒÚ‡Ì (ëÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ «äOÑ CTPAHõ», ÒÚ. 25.)
DVD
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÙËθÏ˚ ̇ DVD ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÒˆÂÌ˚,
ÌÂÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ‰Îfl ‰ÂÚÂÈ. ÑËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ
ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ ‰Îfl Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó Ì‡‰ÁÓ‡ ÔËÏÂÌËÚÂθÌÓ ÍÓ
‚ÒÂÏÛ ‰ËÒÍÛ ËÎË Í Í‡ÍÓÈ-ÎË·Ó Â„Ó ˜‡ÒÚË. éˆÂÌ͇ ÒˆÂÌ
ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ÔÓ ¯Í‡Î ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚Â, ·ÓΠÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ҈ÂÌ˚.
êÂÈÚËÌ„Ë Á‡‚ËÒflÚ ÓÚ ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌÓÈ ÒÚ‡Ì˚. èÓ‰‰ÂÊ͇
ÙÛÌ͈ËË Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó Ì‡‰ÁÓ‡ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ó„‡Ì˘ËÚ¸
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË ËÎË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÚ¸
ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌË ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ÒˆÂÌ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚÂ.
DVD
Progressive Scan
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Progressive Scan
1
2
3
1
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ «PEâTàHÉ» ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ÔË
4.
ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÍÌÓÔÓÍ u 3/4
Ç˚·‡‚ «PEâTàHÉ», ̇ÊÏËÚ 2.
ÖÒÎË Ô‡Óθ ¢ Ì ‚‚‰ÂÌ.
èË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚‚‰ËÚÂ
˜ÂÚ˚ÂıÁ̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER. ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl Ô‡ÓÎfl ÒÌÓ‚‡
‚‚‰ËÚÂ Â„Ó Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SELECT/ENTER.
ÖÒÎË Ô‡Óθ ÛÊ ‚‚‰ÂÌ;
èË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚‚‰ËÚÂ
˜ÂÚ˚ÂıÁ̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER.
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ӯ˷ÍË ÔË ‚‚Ӊ ̇ÊÏËÚ CLEAR ‰Ó ÚÓ„Ó, ͇Í
̇ÊÏÂÚ SELECT/ENTER, Ë ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚‚‰ËÚ ˜ÂÚ˚ÂıÁ̇˜Ì˚È
Ô‡Óθ.
4
5
4.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÂÈÚËÌ„ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8 ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 3/4
Ö‰ËÌˈ‡ (1) ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ Ì‡Ë·ÓΠÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ҈ÂÌ˚.
ÇÓÒ¸ÏÂ͇ (8) ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ Ì‡ËÏÂÌ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ҈ÂÌ˚.
Unlock: èË ‚˚·Ó ˝ÚÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl
Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó Ì‡‰ÁÓ‡ ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl. ÑËÒÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛.
êÂÈÚËÌ„ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8: HÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÒÓ‰ÂÊ‡Ú ÒˆÂÌ˚,
ÌÂÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘Ë ‰Îfl ‰ÂÚÂÈ. èÓÒΠÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ ‚ÒÂ
ÒˆÂÌ˚ Ò ‡‚Ì˚Ï ËÎË ·ÓΠÌËÁÍËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ ·Û‰ÛÚ
ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl. ëˆÂÌ˚ Ò ·ÓΠ‚˚ÒÓÍËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ ÌÂ
·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓË„˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl, ÂÒÎË ‰ËÒÍ Ì ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ
‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ÒˆÂÌ.
ÄθÚÂ̇Ú˂̇fl ÒˆÂ̇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰Â̇, ÂÒÎË ÂÂ
ÂÈÚËÌ„ ‡‚ÂÌ ËÎË ÌËÊ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÏÂÌ˛. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ÂÈ ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚ÌÓÈ ÒˆÂÌ˚ ÌÂ
̇ȉÂÌÓ, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ú‡ÍÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË
4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Á̇˜ÂÌË ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ ‚
‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ¸
‚˚·Ó, ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SETUP, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸
ÏÂÌ˛.
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
4 ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÂ‚Ó̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 3/4
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚˚·ÂËÚ Country Code (ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚).
Ç˚·‡‚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ 2.
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ Ô. 3 ‡Á‰Â· «PEâTàHÉ»
Ò΂‡.
4.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÂ‚˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË 3/4
èÂÂÏÂÒÚËÚ ÍÛÒÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 2 Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
4.
‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË 3/4
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ¸
‚˚·Ó, ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SETUP, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸
ÏÂÌ˛.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
èË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËË ÍÓ‰‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó
Ô‡ÓÎfl (ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ «àÁÏÂÌÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡» ÌËÊÂ).
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡
1 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ¯‡„‡Ï 1-2, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â
Ò΂‡ (PEâTàHÉ).
2 ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÚ‡˚È ÍÓ‰, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER.
4,
3 Ç˚·ÂËÚ Change (ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 3/4
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER.
4 ǂ‰ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚È 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È ÍÓ‰ Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER.
5 ǂ‰ËÚ ÚÓ˜ÌÓ Ú‡ÍÓÈ Ê ÍÓ‰ ‚ÚÓ˘ÌÓ Ë ÔÓ‚Â¸ÚÂ
̇ʇÚËÂÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË SELECT/ENTER.
6 ç‡ÊÏËÚ SETUP, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚ÈÚË ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È ÍÓ‰
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË Ô‡Óθ, Â„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò·ÓÒËÚ¸, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌË‚
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl.
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ SETUP, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚‚ÂÒÚË ÏÂÌ˛ ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË.
2 ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚‚‰ËÚ 6-Á̇˜ÌÓ ˜ËÒÎÓ
«210499».
4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Û‰‡ÎfiÌ. ç‡ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl «P CLr ».
ùÚÓ ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl, ÂÒÎË ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇ Á‡Í˚ÚÓ. éÌÓ
ÒÓı‡ÌËÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì‡ ‰Û„‡fl
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl.
3 ǂ‰ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚È ÍÓ‰, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â Ò΂‡ (PEâTàHÉ).
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË DVD Ë Video CD
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰,
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ DVD-ÔÎÂÂÛ.
ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ: ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ‡Û‰ËÓÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ë
‚˚·ÂËÚ ‚ıÓ‰, ˜ÂÂÁ ÍÓÚÓ˚È Ó̇ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜Â̇ Í
DVD-ÔÎÂÂÛ.
1
2
3
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ OPEN/CLOSE ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸
ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌË ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌË Ú˚θÌÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ
‚‚Âı.
èË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ‰‚ÛıÒÚÓÓÌÌÂ„Ó DVD ‰ËÒ͇ ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸,
˜ÚÓ ‰ËÒÍ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚‚Âı.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ OPEN/CLOSE, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸
ÓÚ‰ÂÎÂÌË ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
èË ˝ÚÓÏ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl „·‚ÌÓ ÏÂÌ˛
Ë ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Ì‡˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. ÖÒÎË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ì ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚÒfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ PLAY.
Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‰ËÒ͇.
èË ÔÓfl‚ÎÂÌËË ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒÍ
èË Á‡„ÛÁÍ DVD ËÎË Video CD, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Â„Ó ÏÂÌ˛, ̇
˝Í‡Ì ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇.
DVD
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ËÎË „·‚Û ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 1 2 3 4
Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE ËÎË MENU, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ͇Á‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ ÒÌÓ‚‡.
VCD2.0
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÊÏËÚ RETURN.
Çˉ ÏÂÌ˛ Ë Ôӈ‰Û˚ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÛÌÍÚÓ‚ ÏÂÌ˛
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÓÚ΢‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇.
ëΉÛÈÚ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ ‰Îfl ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛.
åÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ PBC (ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl). èÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÒÚË Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚ ̇
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 13.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
– ÖÒÎË ‚Íβ˜Â̇ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó Ì‡‰ÁÓ‡ Ë
‰ËÒÍ ËÏÂÂÚ Ì‰ÓÔÛÒÚËÏ˚È ÂÈÚËÌ„, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË
4-Á̇˜Ì˚È ÍÓ‰ ‰Îfl ‡‚ÚÓËÁ‡ˆËË ‰ËÒ͇ (ÒÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ
«êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ Ì‡‰ÁÓ», ̇ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 14).
– DVD-‰ËÒÍ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇.
èÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂθ Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒ͇ ‰Û„Ó„Ó
„ËÓ̇. äÓ‰ „ËÓ̇ ‰Îfl ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔË·Ó‡ - 5 (ÔflÚ¸).
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË Ì Û͇Á‡ÌÓ Ó·‡ÚÌÓÂ, ‚Ò ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË
‚˚ÔÓÎÌfl˛ÚÒfl ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌ˚
ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ
DVD
1 /3
ÖÒÎË ‰ËÒÍ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ
‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË,
ÔÓÒΠ˜Â„Ó Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ˆËÙÓ‚Û˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ (0-9) ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·.
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ‰Û„ÓÈ „·‚ ËÎË ‰ÓÓÊÍÂ
DVD
VCD1.1
1 /12
1 /3
ÖÒÎË ‰ËÒÍ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ „·‚ ËÎË ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ,
ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ‰Û„ÓÈ „·‚ ËÎË ‰ÓÓÊÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ
Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Ò‡ÁÛ Ê ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN
. ËÎË SKIP/SCAN > ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ „·‚Â/‰ÓÓÊÍ ËÎË
‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ „·‚Â/‰ÓÓÊÍÂ.
Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ., ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ „·‚Â/‰ÓÓÊÍÂ.
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌÓÈ „·‚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl DVD ‰ËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
4 ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ¸
DISPLAY. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì‡ÊÏËÚ 3/4
Á̇˜ÓÍ ‚˚·Ó‡ „·‚˚/‰ÓÓÊÍË. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚‚‰ËÚÂ
ÌÓÏÂ Ê·ÂÏÓÈ „·‚˚/‰ÓÓÊÍË ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ (0-9).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl ‚‚Ó‰‡ ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Á̇˜ÂÌËfl ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ‰‚Â
ˆËÙ˚.
èÓËÒÍ
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚÂ
‰‚ ÒÂÍÛ̉˚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË >.
èÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂθ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇.
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË
> ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÒ͇: mX2,
mX4, mX16, mX100 (Ó·‡ÚÌ˚È ÔÓËÒÍ) ËÎË
MX2, MX4, MX16, MX100 (ÔflÏÓÈ ÔÓËÒÍ).
ÑÓÔÛÒÚËÏ˚ ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔË ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËË ‚ˉÂÓ
CD: mX2, mX4, mX8 (Ó·‡ÚÌ˚È ÔÓËÒÍ) ËÎË
MX2, MX4, MX8 (ÔflÏÓÈ ÔÓËÒÍ).
3 óÚÓ·˚ Á‡‚Â¯ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PLAY.
15
èÓËÁÓȉÂÚ
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË DVD Ë Video CD
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË DVD Ë Video CD
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë ÔÓ͇‰Ó‚ÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË DVD VCD2.0 VCD1.1
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PAUSE/STEP ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂθ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚.
2 èÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ̇ʇÚË ÍÌÓÔÍË PAUSE/STEP ‚ ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡Ú¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÔÓ Í‡‰‡Ï.
VCD2.0
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Tack.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚Ò„Ó
‰ËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ¢ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat All.
3 óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ÚÂÚËÈ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Off.
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
DVD
Video CD – èÓ‚ÚÓ ‰ÓÓÊÍË/‚Ò„Ó/‚˚ÍÎ.
1 óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
‰ÓÓÊÍË, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT.
VCD1.1
1 ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SLOW
t ËÎË T.
ëËÒÚÂχ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
2 èÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ̇ʇÚË SLOW t ËÎË T Ô˂‰ÂÚ Í
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌ˲ ÒÍÓÓÒÚË Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl: t 1/16, t 1/8, t 1/4 ËÎË t 1/2
(Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ), ÎË·Ó T 1/16, T 1/8,
T 1/4 ËÎË T 1/2 (ÔflÏÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ).
3 óÚÓ·˚ Á‡‚Â¯ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PLAY.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË Video CD Ò ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊÍÓÈ PBC ÔÂ‰
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊÍÛ PBC. èÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÒÚË Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚ ̇ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 13.
èÓ‚ÚÓ A-B
A *
DVD
A B
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
OFF
óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ÔÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÛ˛ ˜‡ÒÚ¸
‡Á‰Â·:
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ A-B ‚ ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ̇‰ÓÎ„Ó ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ A.
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ A-B ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚ ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ Ó·‡ÚÌÛ˛ ÒÚÓÓÌÛ ÌÂ
ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ CD.
èÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ
Karaoke DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RANDOM ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ëíéè.
ëËÒÚÂχ ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ
ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ. ç‡ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏÛ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RANDOM ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁ
Á̇˜ÓÍ «RAND.».
èÓ‰Ò͇ÁÍË
ÖÒÎË Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË > ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ, ÔÎÂÂ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ
‰Û„ÓÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ (ÚÂÍ) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚
ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD
ä‡‡ÓÍÂ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ CD ·ÂÁ PBC.
èË ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËË Video CD Ò PBC ÔÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËfl ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ PBC. ëÏ. ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ 13.
èÓ‚ÚÓ
CHAPT
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
3 óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ A-B.
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
DVD
TRACK
ALL
OFF
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Chapter.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
‡Á‰Â·, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ¢ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Title.
3 óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ÚÂÚËÈ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Off.
0:20:09
-:--:--
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ì‡˜‡Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓ
ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÏÛ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ‰ËÒ͇.
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÌ˛.
Ç ÓÍÌ Time Search ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó
‰ËÒ͇.
2 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ Á̇˜ÓÍ Time Search
4.
˝Í‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 3/4
Ç ÓÍÌ Time Search ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ «-:--:--».
3 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ‚‚‰ËÚ ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔË
ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ. ǂ‰ËÚ ˜‡Ò˚, ÏËÌÛÚ˚ Ë
ÒÂÍÛ̉˚.
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ӯ˷ÍË ‚‚Ó‰‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸ ‚‚Ó‰. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚‚‰ËÚ ÍÓÂÍÚÌ˚ Á̇˜ÂÌËfl.
4 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SELECT/ENTER
˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ¸ ‚‚‰ÂÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl.
èË ‚‚Ӊ ÌÂÍÓÂÍÚÌÓ„Ó Á̇˜ÂÌËfl ÔÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
é·˙ÂÏÌ˚È 3D
NORM.
TITLE
ÑËÒÍË DVD Video – èÓ‚ÚÓ „·‚˚/‡Á‰Â·/‚˚ÍÎ.
1 óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË „·‚˚,
ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT.
16
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ̇‰ÓÎ„Ó ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ A-B, ÔÓÒÎÂ
˜Â„Ó Ì‡˜ÌÂÚÒfl ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË
(Á̇˜ÓÍ AsB ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎfl).
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
3D SUR
LJ¯ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÚÂıÏÂÌÓ„Ó
Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË 3D
Surround Sound, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ËÏËÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸
ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‰‚Ûı ÔÓÒÚ˚ı ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËı Äë ‚ÏÂÒÚÓ ÔflÚË ËÎË
·ÓΠ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ӷ˚˜ÌÓ ÚÂ·Û˛ÚÒfl
‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl ‚
‰Óχ¯ÌÂÏ Ú‡ÚÂ.
1 ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÂÊËχ Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û͇ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ SOUND.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó 3D, ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SOUND, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ
«NORM».
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË DVD Ë Video CD
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚Â ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ÑÛ„Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË DVD
å‡Ò¯Ú‡·
èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó DVD ‰ËÒÍÓ‚:
åÂÌ˛
VCD1.1
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl χүڇ·‡ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Û‚Â΢ËÚ¸
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë ÔÂÂÏ¢‡Ú¸ Â„Ó Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.
1 ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl χүڇ·‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ZOOM ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl Ó·˚˜ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÒÚÓÔ͇‰‡.
èÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ̇ʇÚË ÍÌÓÔÍË ZOOM Ô˂‰ÂÚ Í ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˲
ÒÚÂÔÂÌË Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl (¯ÂÒÚ¸ Á̇˜ÂÌËÈ).
2 íӘ͇ Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl ‰‚Ë„‡ÂÚÒfl ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË 1 2 3 4.
3 óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ËÎË ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl ‚
ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR.
DVD ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÏÂÌ˛ ‰Îfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ‡ Í
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚Ï ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚflÏ. ÑÎfl ‚˚‚Ó‰‡ ÏÂÌ˛
‰ËÒ͇ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ̇ÊÏËÚ MENU. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÔÛÌÍÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ.
åÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊ ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ¸ ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÔÛÌÍÚ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 1 2 3 4 Ë Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ SELECT/ENTER.
åÂÌ˛ ‡Á‰Â·
DVD
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TITLE.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ò
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË DVD ‰ËÒ͇ÏË.
èÓËÒÍ ÏÂÚÍË
1/9
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
ÖÒÎË ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ ÏÂÌ˛, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
ÏÂÌ˛ ‡Á‰Â·. Ç ÔÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‰ËÒ͇.
2 åÂÌ˛ ‡Á‰Â· ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÒÔËÒÓÍ Û„ÎÓ‚ ͇ÏÂ˚,
flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚, „·‚
‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‡Á‰Â·.
MARKER SEARCH
á‡ÔËÒ¸ ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ Ò ‰ÂÍË 2. èÎÂÂ
ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸ ‰Ó ‰Â‚flÚË ÏÂÚÓÍ.
óÚÓ·˚ Á‡ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸ ÏÂÚÍÛ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ¯‡„Ë.
1 ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ MARKER ‚ ÏÂÒÚÂ,
ÍÓÚÓÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Á‡ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÌÂ̇‰ÓÎ„Ó ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÏÂÚÍË.
2 èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ¯‡„ 1, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸ ‰Ó ‰Â‚flÚË ÏÂÚÓÍ Ì‡
‰ËÒÍÂ.
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÓÚϘÂÌÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ
1 ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ SEARCH.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ MARKER SEARCH.
2 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ‚˚·ÂËÚ ÌÛÊÌÛ˛ ÏÂÚÍÛ ÔË
ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 1/2.
3 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SELECT/ENTER.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË Ì‡˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
4 óÚÓ·˚ Û·‡Ú¸ Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛ MARKER SEARCH,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SEARCH.
ë·ÓÒ ÏÂÚÍË
3 óÚÓ·˚ Û·‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TITLE
¢ ‡Á.
åÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇
DVD
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇.
2 óÚÓ·˚ Û·‡Ú¸ ÏÂÌ˛ Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MENU
¢ ‡Á.
ì„ÓÎ ÁÂÌËfl
DVD
1 /1
ÖÒÎË ‰ËÒÍ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ Á‡ÔËÒË Ò ‡Á΢Ì˚ı ͇ÏÂ, ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ËÁ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı
‡ÍÛÒÓ‚, ҉·ÌÌ˚ı ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËÏË Í‡ÏÂ‡ÏË.
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ ANGLE ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ê·ÂÏÓ„Ó Û„Î‡ ͇ÏÂ˚.
çÓÏÂ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Û„Î‡ ͇ÏÂ˚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
DVD
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
1 ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ SEARCH.
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ‚˚·ÂËÚ ÌÛÊÌÛ˛ ÏÂÚÍÛ ÔË
ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 1/2.
3 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR.
Ç˚·Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ AUDIO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰Îfl
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ëíÖêÖé,
ãÖÇõâ ËÎË èêÄÇõâ).
åÂÚ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂ̇.
4 ÑÎfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‰Û„Ëı ÏÂÚÓÍ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ¯‡„Ë 2 Ë 3.
5 óÚÓ·˚ Û·‡Ú¸ Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛ MARKER SEARCH
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SEARCH.
ëÛ·ÚËÚ˚
DVD
ABC
1 ENG
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
SUBTITLE ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ
, ‰‡Ì̇fl
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚ¸ Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl DVD ‰ËÒÍÓÏ.
17
èÓËÁÓȉÂÚ
VCD2.0
DVD
DVD
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Audio CD Ë ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3/WMA
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Audio CD Ë MP3/WMA
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ CD MP3 WMA
ëËÒÚÂχ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË هÈÎÓ‚ MP3,
Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ̇ ‰ËÒ͇ı CD-ROM, CD-R ËÎË CD-RW.
èÂ‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Á‡ÔËÒÂÈ ‚ ÙÓχڇı MP3/WMA
ÔÓ˜ËÚ‡ÈÚ ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl Ó Ù‡È·ı MP3/WMA ÒÔ‡‚‡.
1
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ CD; ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ Audio CD;
ÔÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 3.
ÑËÒÍ åê3/WMA; ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/WMA-JPEG. èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 2.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl Ó Ù‡È·ı MP3/WMA
é هȷı MP3
é هȷı WMA (Window Media Audio)
MP3 WMA
î‡ÈÎ MP3 ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚Â, ÒʇÚ˚ Ò
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Á‚Û͇ MPEG1
layer-3. î‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË «.mp3».
èÎÂÂ Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËflÏË,
ÓÚ΢Ì˚ÏË ÓÚ «.mp3».
îÓÏ‡Ú WMA Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÒÓ·ÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎӄ˲
ÒʇÚËfl Á‚Û͇ ÓÚ ÙËÏ˚ Microsoft.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Û‚Â΢ËÚ¸
ÒʇÚË ‚‰‚Ó ÔÓ Ò‡‚ÌÂÌ˲ Ò ÙÓχÚÓÏ MP3.
JPEG
4, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ¸ MP3/WMA Ë
ç‡ÊÏËÚ 3/4
2 ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ MP3/WMA.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡
MP3/WMA-JPEG.
MP3 WMA
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
00:00
OFF
4 Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
Ô‡ÔÍÛ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë 3/4
3 Ç˚‰ÂÎËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ Ô‡ÔÍÂ.
‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ, ‚ÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸
4 óÚÓ·˚
4, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ PLAY ËÎË
ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË 3/4
SELECT/ENTER.
燘ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ Ë ‚ ÏÂÌ˛
·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÓÚ Ì‡˜‡Î‡ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Ù‡È·.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒfl ‚ ÍÓ̈ ‰ËÒ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
MP3 WMA
CD
TRACK01
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
TRACK08
0: 56: 18
STER.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ CD
NORM.
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
1
OFF
åÂÌ˛ MP3/WMA
èÓ‰Ò͇Á͇
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í ÒÔËÒÍÛ Ô‡ÔÓÍ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
4, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ¸
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ 3/4
Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ
˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛.
ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ β·ÓÈ ÏÓÏÂÌÚ ÔÂ‚‡Ú¸
5 Ç˚
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ, ̇ʇ‚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ STOP.
18
é„‡Ì˘ÂÌËfl ̇ ‰ËÒÍË Ò Ù‡È·ÏË MP3/WMA:
1. ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ – ÚÓθÍÓ 44.1 kHz (MP3),
22.05 - 44.1 kHz (WMA)
2. ÅËÚÂÈÚ - ÓÚ 32 ‰Ó 320 kbps (MP3),
32 ‰Ó 128 kbps (WMA)
3. îÓÏ‡Ú Á‡ÔËÒË CD-R ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸ «ISO 9660»
4. MP3/WMA Ù‡ÈÎ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, ÍÓÚÓÓ Ì ÒÓÁ‰‡ÂÚ
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Û˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ, ̇ÔËÏÂ, «Direct-CD» Ë Ú.Ô., ÌÂ
·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚Ï ÔÎÂÂÓÏ. å˚
ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ
«Easy-CD Creator», ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÒÓÁ‰‡ÂÚ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Û˛
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ISO9660.
5. ç‡ Ó‰ÌÓÒÂÒÒËÓÌÌ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3/WMA
‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ ̇ ÔÂ‚ÓÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍÂ. ÖÒÎË
ÔÂ‚‡fl ‰ÓÓÊ͇ Ì ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ MP3/WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚,
ÔÎÂÂ Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË MP3/WMA Ò ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
‰ËÒ͇. ÑÎfl ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÌËfl MP3/WMA Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
ÔÂÂÙÓχÚËÛÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË Á‡Ô˯ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚È.
6. àÏfl هȷ ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ Ì ·ÓΠ8 ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚.
î‡ÈÎ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË «.mp3» ËÎË «.wma»,
̇Ô. «********.MP3» ËÎË «********.WMA»
7. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‚ ËÏÂÌË Ù‡È· ÌÂÒڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚Â
ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ˚, ̇ÔËÏÂ, «_?!><+*}{`[@ ]:;\/.,». Ë Ú.‰.
8. ëÛÏχÌÓ ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ
Ô‚˚¯‡Ú¸ 650.
ÑÎfl ÍÓÂÍÚÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚Ï DVD
ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎÂÏ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ
Ú·ӂ‡ÌËflÏ. ÉÓÚÓ‚˚ DVD ‰ËÒÍË ‚Ò„‰‡ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú
˝ÚËÏ Ú·ӂ‡ÌËflÏ. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÏÌÓÊÂÒÚ‚Ó ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
ÙÓχÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (‚ ÚÓÏ ˜ËÒΠCD-R Ò
هȷÏË MP3 ËÎË WMA). ÑÎfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl
ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Òӷβ‰ÂÌË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ (ÒÏ. ‚˚¯Â).
ëΉÛÂÚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‚ ‚ˉÛ, ˜ÚÓ ÔÂ‰ Á‡„ÛÁÍÓÈ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
MP3/WMA Ë ÏÛÁ˚ÍË ËÁ ÒÂÚË àÌÚÂÌÂÚ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌË Ô‡‚Óӷ·‰‡ÚÂÎfl. 燯‡
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËfl Ì ËÏÂÂÚ Ô‡‚‡ ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ Ú‡ÍÓ ‡Á¯ÂÌËÂ. á‡
‡Á¯ÂÌËÂÏ ÒΉÛÂÚ Ó·‡˘‡Ú¸Òfl Í ‚·‰ÂθˆÛ
‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚ ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌÓ ÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Audio CD Ë ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3/WMA (èÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
CD
MP3
èÓ‚ÚÓ Ä-Ç
WMA
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PAUSE/STEP ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏÛ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˲, ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PAUSE/STEP ËÎË STILL.
CD
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ¸ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸.
1 èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ A-B ‚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÒÚ‡ÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ.
Ç ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ «A *».
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ‰Û„ÓÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍÂ
CD
MP3
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ „·‚Â/‰ÓÓÊÍ ËÎË
‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ Ë
ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚÂ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË > ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÑÎfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ ‰ÓÓÊÍ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN ..
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ‡Û‰ËÓ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒ͇, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÔÂÂÈÚË ÔflÏÓ Ì‡ ‰Û„ÓÈ ÌÓÏÂ ‰ÓÓÊÍË, ‚‚‰ËÚ ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÌÓÏÂ ‰ÓÓÊÍË ˆËÙÓ‚˚ÏË
ÍÌÓÔ͇ÏË (0-9).
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‰ÓÓÊÍË/‚Ò„Ó/‚˚ÍÎ
CD
MP3
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ A-B ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚ ÍÓ̘ÌÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍÂ.
Ç ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ «A B» Ë
̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË.
WMA
WMA
1 óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
‰ÓÓÊÍË, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT.
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ «TRACK».
2 óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ÒÂı ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ ‰ËÒÍÂ
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ¢ ‡Á.
3 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚ÈÚË ËÁ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË Ë ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í
Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏÛ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˲, ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ A-B.
Ç ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Repeat Ë «OFF».
é·˙ÂÏÌ˚È 3D
CD
LJ¯ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÁ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÚÂıÏÂÌÓ„Ó
Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË 3D
Surround Sound technology, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ
ËÏËÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰‚Ûı ÔÓÒÚ˚ı ÒÚÂÂÓÙÓÌ˘ÂÒÍËı Äë ‚ÏÂÒÚÓ
ÔflÚË ËÎË ·ÓΠ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ӷ˚˜ÌÓ
ÚÂ·Û˛ÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓ„Ó
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl ‚ ‰Óχ¯ÌÂÏ Ú‡ÚÂ.
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ 3D SOUND ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl «3D SUR».
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó 3D, ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SOUND, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÂÊËÏ
«NORM».
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ «ALL».
3 óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ÚÂÚËÈ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ «OFF».
èÓËÒÍ
CD
MP3
WMA
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡
CD
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡ (ÒÚÂÂÓ,
ÚÓθÍÓ Î‚˚È ËÎË ÚÓθÍÓ Ô‡‚˚È) ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
1 ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚÂ
‰‚ ÒÂÍÛ̉˚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË >.
èÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂθ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇.
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË
> ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓËÒ͇: mX2,
mX4, mX8 (Ó·‡ÚÌ˚È ÔÓËÒÍ) ËÎË MX2, MX4,
MX8 (ÔflÏÓÈ ÔÓËÒÍ).
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ Ë Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌË ÔÓËÒ͇ Û͇Á‡Ì˚ ‚ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛.
3 óÚÓ·˚ Á‡‚Â¯ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PLAY
èÓËÁ‚ÓθÌÓ
CD
MP3
WMA
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RANDOM ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ ëíéè.
èÎÂÈÂ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË Ì‡˜Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚
ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ, ‡ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl: «RANDOM» ËÎË «RAND.»
2 óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ó·˚˜ÌÓÏÛ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ RANDOM, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁ
Á̇˜ÓÍ «RANDOM» ËÎË «RAND.».
19
èÓËÁÓȉÂÚ
è‡ÛÁ‡
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË JPEG
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ JPEG
JPEG
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ‰ËÒÍË Ò Ù‡È·ÏË
JPEG Ë Kodak picture CD. èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
JPEG ÔÓ˜ËÚ‡ÈÚ ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl Ó Ù‡È·ı JPEG ÒÔ‡‚‡.
1
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡
MP3/WMA-JPEG.
MP3 WMA
JPEG
2
4 Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
Ç˚‰ÂÎËÚ JPEG ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë 3/4
SELECT/ENTER.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG.
5
ÑÎfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ STOP.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG.
èÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ù‡ÈÎÛ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SKIP/SCAN . ËÎË > ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÎË Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ Ù‡ÈÎÛ.
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ PAUSE/STEP ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ.
èÎÂÂ ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚.
2 ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ ̇ÊÏËÚ PLAY
ËÎË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ PAUSE/STEP.
èÂ‚ÓÓÚ Í‡ÚËÌÍË
4 ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÂ‚ÓÓÚ‡
ç‡ÊÏËÚ 3/4
͇ÚËÌÍË ÔÓ „ÓËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË ËÎË ‚ÂÚË͇ÎË.
JPEG
Folder1
èÓ‚ÓÓÚ Í‡ÚËÌÍË
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
ç‡ÊÏËÚ 1/2 ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÓ‚ÓÓÚ‡
͇ÚËÌÍË ÔÓ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ËÎË ÔÓÚË‚ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË.
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
CãAâÑôOì
OTMEHA
èËϘ‡ÌËfl Ó Ù‡È·ı JPEG
3
4 Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
Ç˚‰ÂÎËÚ ԇÔÍÛ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë 3/4
SELECT/ENTER.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ Ô‡ÔÍÂ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡
MP3/WMA-JPEG.
èÓ‰Ò͇Á͇
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í ÒÔËÒÍÛ Ô‡ÔÓÍ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ 34, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ¸ “
” Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
SELECT/ENTER, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ
˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛.
4
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÍÓÌÍÂÚÌÓ„Ó Ù‡È· ‚˚‰ÂÎËÚ „Ó
4 Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER ËÎË
ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë 3/4
PLAY.
燘ÌÂÚÒfl Ôӈ‰Û‡ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ هȷ.
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl
‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Â ÏÂÌ˛ (ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG).
ç‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
JPEG
Folder1
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
5/32
1024X768
CãAâÑôOì
OTMEHA
5/32
1024X768
Picture5.jpg
èÓ‰Ò͇Á͇
èÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛ÚÒfl ÚË ÒÍÓÓÒÚÌ˚ı ÂÊËχ ÔÓÍÛÚÍË
Ò·ȉӂ: Å˚ÒÚ˚È, çÓχθÌ˚È, á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌ˚È, Ë Ç˚ÍÎ.
Ç˚‰ÂÎËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Slide Speed (ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÒÏÂÌ˚ Ò·ȉӂ)
ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë 1/2, ̇ÊÏËÚ 3/4 ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó
ÂÊËχ Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER.
20
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‡ÁÏÂ‡ Ë ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG
DVD-ÔÎÂÂÛ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓÚ·ӂ‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓÓ ‚ÂÏfl,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ˜ËÚ‡Ú¸ ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌË ‰ËÒ͇. ÖÒÎË ‚ Ú˜ÂÌËÂ
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÏËÌÛÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛,
‚ÂÓflÚÌÓ, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ هÈÎ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‚ÂÎËÍË ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌË هÈÎÓ‚ JPEG ‰Ó 2
Ï„‡ÔËÍÒÂÎÂÈ ËÎË ÏÂÌÂÂ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ‰Û„ÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ.
鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë Ô‡ÔÓÍ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ
Ô‚˚¯‡Ú¸ 650.
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ó͇Á‡Ú¸Òfl ÌÂÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏ˚ÏË
ËÁ-Á‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÓχڇ Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ÔÎÓıÓ„Ó ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl
‰ËÒ͇.
èË Á‡ÔËÒË jpeg-Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ̇ CD-R Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ «Easy CD Creator» ËÎË ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸,
˜ÚÓ ‚Ò ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ هÈÎ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË «.jpg».
ÖÒÎË ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ هÈÎ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË «.jpe» ËÎË
«.jpeg», ÔÂÂËÏÂÌÛÈÚ Ëı ‚ «.jpg».
î‡ÈÎ˚ ·ÂÁ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl «.jpg» Ì ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸
ÔÓ˜ËÚ‡Ì˚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚Ï DVD-ÔÎÂÂÓÏ. чÊ ÂÒÎË ˝ÚË
Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl Í‡Í Ù‡ÈÎ˚ JPEG ‚ ÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÂ
Windows.
VCD2.0
CD
VCD1.1
MP3
WMA
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Audio CD Ë
MP3/WMA- ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ VIDEO CD.
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÓı‡ÌËÚ¸ ÔÓfl‰ÓÍ Î˛·ËÏ˚ı
ÚÂÍÓ‚ ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÔÎÂÂ‡.
èÓ„‡Ïχ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ‰Ó 30 ÚÂÍÓ‚.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË Video CD Ò ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊÍÓÈ PBC ÔÂ‰
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊÍÛ PBC. èÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÒÚË Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚ ̇
ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 13.
1
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM
ËÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÒÚÓÔ ‰Îfl ‚ıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Program
Edit (‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚).
åÂÚ͇ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÔ‡‚‡ ÓÚ ÒÎÓ‚‡ Program Ò Ô‡‚ÓÈ
ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛ E .
1 ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ.
2 Ç ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ VCD Program.
VCD
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
PROGRAM. éÚÏÂÚ͇ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ E .
E
TRACK 1
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
2
4 ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ, Á‡ÚÂÏ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ 3/4
̇ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÏÂÒÚËÚ¸
‚˚·‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚È ÒÔËÒÓÍ.
3
èÓ‚ÚÓflÈÚ ¯‡„ 2 ‰Îfl ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ
ÌÓ‚˚ı ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ.
E
CD
TRACK 1
TRACK 12
TRACK 2
TRACK 8
TRACK 3
TRACK 10
TRACK 4
TRACK 3
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
0: 56: 18
STER.
NORM.
åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ CD
MP3 WMA
E
TRACK 8.mp3
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
4
3
OFF
5
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ
3/4
4.
Ç ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓÏ ÒÔËÒÍ ‚˚҂˜Â̇ ÔÓÒΉÌflfl
Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡Ì̇fl ‰ÓÓÊ͇.
ÑÎfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ TITLE.
ÑÎfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌËˆÛ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ MENU.
ÑÎfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
PLAY.
燘ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ, ‚ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË «PROG.».
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚ÒÂ
‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‚ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÛ ÍÓÏÔÓÁˈËË ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓË„‡Ì˚.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÁ ÂÊËχ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
‚˚·ÂËÚ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ CD (ËÎË Ù‡ÈÎ MP3/WMA) Ë
̇ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER.
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓ„‡ÒÌÂÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ «PROG.»
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÁ ÂÊËχ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM.
ç‡ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ «PROG.»
åÂÌ˛ MP3/WMA
4
7
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ¯‡„‡Ï. 2-6 ‡Á‰Â·
3 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚÂ
«ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÄÛ‰ËÓ CD
Ë MP3/WMA» Ò΂‡.
TRACK 3.mp3
ç‡ÊÏËÚ 2.
6
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡Ê‡ÚË ÍÌÓÔÍË RETURN ËÎË PROGRAM Ô˂‰ÂÚ Í
Á‡Í˚Ú˲ ÏÂÌ˛ Program.
èÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚ı ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ
óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
‰ÓÓÊÍË, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÏÓÏÂÌÚ,
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT.
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ «TRACK».
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ÓÓÊÂÍ ÔÓ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ¢ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ «ALL».
óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ˆËÍ΢ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ REPEAT ÚÂÚËÈ ‡Á.
ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ Repeat Ë Ì‡‰ÔËÒ¸ «OFF».
쉇ÎÂÌË ‰ÓÓÊÍË ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
1 ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚
ÂÊËÏ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ë ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Program Edit
(‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÏ˚) (íÓθÍÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ CD Ë
‰ËÒÍË MP3/WMA)
èÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÏÂÚ͇
E
.
2 ç‡ÊÏËÚ 2 ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
3 Ç˚‰ÂÎËÚ ÚÂÍ, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ıÓÚËÚ ۉ‡ÎËÚ¸, ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
4.
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 3/4
4 ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR.
Ç˚‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
쉇ÎÂÌË ‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
1 Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÔÓ ¯‡„‡Ï 1-2 ‡Á‰Â· «ì‰‡ÎÂÌËÂ
‰ÓÓÊÍË ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚» ‚˚¯Â.
2 Ç˚‰ÂÎËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ «OóàCTàTú BCE» ÔË ÔÓÏÓ˘Ë
4 Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ SELECT/ENTER.
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ 3/4
ÇÒfl ÔÓ„‡Ïχ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂ̇.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ÌÛÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍ ËÁ ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎfl, ÔÓ„‡Ïχ Û‰‡ÎflÂÚÒfl
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
21
èÓËÁÓȉÂÚ
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÓ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÂ
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl
è‡ÏflÚ¸ ÔÓÒΉÌÂÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË
DVD
CD
VCD1.1
èÎÂÈÂ Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÒΉÌËÈ Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÔÓÒΉ̄Ó
‰ËÒ͇, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ ÔÓÒχÚË‚‡ÎË. ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ı‡ÌflÚÒfl ‚
Ô‡ÏflÚË ‰‡Ê ÔË ÒÌflÚÓÏ ‰ËÒÍÂ Ë ÔË ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ
ÔËÚ‡ÌËË ÔÎÂÈÂ‡. èË Á‡„ÛÁÍ ‰ËÒ͇, ‰Îfl ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚
Ô‡ÏflÚË ËϲÚÒfl ÛÊ Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ ÚÛ‰‡ ‡Ì ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË,
ÓÌË ·Û‰ÛÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
– ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ı‡ÌflÚÒfl ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ë ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl
‚ β·Ó ‚ÂÏfl.
– ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÎË ÔÎÂÂ ‰Ó ÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í Ì‡˜‡Ú¸
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ˝ÚË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓÚÂflÌ˚.
ï‡ÌËÚÂθ ˝Í‡Ì‡
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡‚ËÚ DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Stop, ÔËÏÂÌÓ
˜ÂÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ı‡ÌËÚÂθ ˝Í‡Ì‡.
èËÏÂÌÓ ˜ÂÂÁ 5 ÏËÌÛÚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ ı‡ÌËÚÂÎfl ˝Í‡Ì‡
DVD-ÔÎÂÂ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÒfl.
Ç˚·Ó ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚËÔ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ
‚‡¯ÂÏÛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ. ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÔΠ„ÓËÚ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
NO DISC, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PAUSE ̇ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË Ë
Û‰ÂÊË‚‡Èڠ ̠ÏÂÌ 5 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ‰Îfl ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (PAL, NTSC, ËÎË AUTO).
• ÖÒÎË ‚˚·‡Ì̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ Ì ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÔÂ‰‡˜‡ ˆ‚ÂÚÓ‚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̇Û¯Â̇.
AUTO: àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡ Í
ÛÌË‚Â҇θÌÓÏÛ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ.
NTSC: àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡ Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ NTSC.
PAL: àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË DVD-ÔÎÂÂ‡ Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ PAL.
22
ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸
‡·ÓÚÓÈ DVD ÔÎÂÂ‡, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ÏË ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ LG.
óÚÓ·˚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ LG ÒΉÛÈÚÂ
Ô˂‰ÂÌÌ˚Ï ÌËÊ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËflÏ.
1
èÂʉÂ, ˜ÂÏ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD ËÎË TV Ë
‚˚·ÂËÚ ‡·Ó˜Â ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó.
óÚÓ·˚ ‚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Û„ËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ),
۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ Ì‡Ê‡Ú‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ DVD ËÎË TV.
2
ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‡·ÓÚÓÈ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ LG
ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ÍÌÓÔÍË POWER, CH(E/D), VOL
(1 / 2), MUTE Ë TV AV ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ LG
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ‰‚Â
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ÏË LG: äÓ‰ 1 Ë äÓ‰ 2.
èË ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌËË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ äÓ‰ 1.
óÚÓ·˚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
̇ äÓ‰ 2, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV Ë
ˆËÙÓ‚Û˛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ «2 » ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. (ÖÒÎË ÔË ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ äӉ 2
ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Á‡ÏÂ̇ ·‡Ú‡ÂÂÍ ‚ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÂÌÂÚÒfl Í
äÓ‰Û 1.)
óÚÓ·˚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ äÓ‰ 1, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚÂ
ˆËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË "1" ̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ Ë Ì‡ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Ò
ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ, ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸
‰Û„ÓÈ ÍÓ‰ ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ÔÛθÚÓÏ, ÔË·„‡ÂÏ˚Ï Í
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ.
àÁ-Á‡ ÏÌÓÊÂÒÚ‚‡ ÍÓ‰Ó‚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÏ˚ı ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎÂÏ
Ï˚ Ì ÏÓÊÂÏ „‡‡ÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸, ˜ÚÓ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ ÒÓ ‚ÒÂÏË ÏÓ‰ÂÎflÏË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
èÓ‚Â¸Ú ÔÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Û ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ Ô˘ËÌ˚ ÌÂÔÓ·‰ÓÍ, ÔÂʉ ˜ÂÏ Ó·‡˘‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ ÂÏÓÌÚÌÛ˛ χÒÚÂÒÍÛ˛.
è˘Ë̇
åÂÚÓ‰ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌËfl
çÂÚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
燉ÂÊÌÓ ‚ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ¯ÌÛ ‚ ÒÚÂÌÌÛ˛
ÓÁÂÚÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
èËÚ‡ÌË ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ, ÌÓ
ÔÎÂÂ DVD Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
ç ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èÓ‚Â¸ÚÂ, Ò‚ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ CD ̇
‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ).
çÂÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
íÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì ̇ÒÚÓÂÌ Ì‡ ÔËÂÏ Ò˄̇·
DVD
ÇˉÂÓ͇·Âθ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ÌÂ̇‰ÂÊÌÓ
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ
‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÔÓfl‚ËÎÓÒ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD
燉fiÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ.
èËÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚È Í ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌ.
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ ˜ÂÂÁ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·Âθ
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌË Ì ̇ÒÚÓÂÌÓ Ì‡ ÔËÂÏ
Ò˄̇· DVD
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ
‡Û‰ËÓ-ÔËÂÏÌË͇ Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ Ò ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD
çÂ̇‰ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎË
燉fiÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·Âθ.
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ӷÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl,
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎflÏË
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ӷÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËÂ, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÂ
‡Û‰ËÓ Í‡·ÂÎflÏË
ñËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ‡Û‰ËÓ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚
Ì‚ÂÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ‡Û‰ËÓ ‚
Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ, Á‡ÚÂÏ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ‚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
ÔÎÂÂ DVD ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË POWER
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÒ͇ÊÂÌÓ
ᇄflÁÌÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ
é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
èÎÂÂ DVD Ì ̇˜Ë̇ÂÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
ç ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ò
ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
(èÓ‚Â¸ÚÂ, Ò‚ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ DVD
ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ CD ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠDVD)
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚È ‰ËÒÍ. (èÓ‚Â¸Ú ÚËÔ
‰ËÒ͇, ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË Ë „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰.)
ÑËÒÍ ÔÂ‚ÂÌÛÚ
èÓÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ Ò Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛ ‚ÌËÁ
ÑËÒÍ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌ Ì ‡ÍÍÛ‡ÚÌÓ
èÓÎÓÊËÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÂ
̇Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘Ë ÎÓÚ͇.
ᇄflÁÌÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ
é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÛÓ‚Â̸ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡
éÚÏÂÌËÚ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ ËÎË
ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ÛÓ‚Â̸ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÂ
̇Ô‡‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡ ÓÍÌÓ ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇ ̇ ÔÎÂÂ DVD
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD
èÛÎ¸Ú ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ÓÚ ÔÎÂÂ‡ DVD
èÓθÁÛÈÚÂÒ¸ ÔÛθÚÓÏ Ì‡ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ‚
Ô‰Â·ı ÒÂÏË ÏÂÚÓ‚.
åÂÊ‰Û ÔÛθÚÓÏ Ë ÔÎÂÂÓÏ DVD
̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ
ìÒÚ‡ÌËÚ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ
ê‡Áfl‰ËÎËÒ¸ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ‚ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÍË ÌÓ‚˚ÏË.
çÂÚ Á‚Û͇
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
23
ëÔ‡‚͇
ëËÏÔÚÓÏ
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚
ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ÍÓ‰ ‚ ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ÛÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ı ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ «Audio», «Subtitle» Ë/ËÎË «Menu»
(ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 12).
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
äÓ‰
üÁ˚Í
6566
Ä·ı‡ÁÒÍËÈ
7074
îˉÊË
7678
ãËÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
8373
ëËÌ„‡ÎÂÁÒÍËÈ
6565
ÄÙ‡
7073
îËÌÒÍËÈ
7684
ãËÚÓ‚ÒÍËÈ
8375
ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍËÈ
6570
ÄÙË͇‡ÌÒ
7082
î‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ
7775
å‡Í‰ÓÌÒÍËÈ
8376
ëÎÓ‚ÂÌÒÍËÈ
8381
Äη‡ÌÒÍËÈ
7089
îËÁÒÍËÈ
7771
å‡Î‡„‡ÒËÈÒÍËÈ
8379
ëÓχÎËÈÒÍËÈ
6577
ÄÏÂı‡ËÍ
7176
ɇÎˈËÈÒÍËÈ
7783
å‡Î‡ÈÒÍËÈ
6983
àÒÔ‡ÌÒÍËÈ
6582
Ä‡·ÒÍËÈ
7565
ÉÛÁËÌÒÍËÈ
7776
å‡Î‡È‡Î‡
8385
ëÛ‰‡ÌÒÍËÈ
7289
ÄÏflÌÒÍËÈ
6869
ÉÂχÌËfl
7784
å‡Î¸ÚËÈÒÍËÈ
8387
ëÛ‡ıËÎË
6583
ÄÒÒ‡ÏÒÍËÈ
6976
É˜ÂÒÍËÈ
7773
å‡ÓË
8386
ò‚‰ÒÍËÈ
6588
ÄÈχÒÍËÈ
7576
ÉÂÌ·̉ÒÍËÈ
7782
å‡‡ÚË
8476
퇄‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
6590
ÄÁÂ·‡È‰Ê‡ÌÒÍËÈ
7178
ÉÛ‡‡ÌË
7779
åÓΉ‡‚ÒÍËÈ
8471
퇉ÊËÍÒÍËÈ
6665
Ň¯ÍËÒÍËÈ
7185
Éۉʇ‡ÚË
7778
åÓÌ„ÓθÒÍËÈ
8465
í‡ÏËθÒÍËÈ
6985
ŇÒÍÒÍËÈ
7265
ï‡ÛÒ‡
7865
ç‡ÛË
8484
í‡Ú‡ÒÍËÈ
6678
ÅÂÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ; Ň̄‡
7387
à‚ËÚ
7869
çÂԇθÒÍËÈ
8469
íÂÎÛ„Û
6890
ÅÛÚ‡ÌË
7273
ïË̉Ë
7879
çÓ‚ÂÊÒÍËÈ
8472
í‡ÈÒÍËÈ
6672
ÅËı‡Ë
7285
ÇÂÌ„ÂÒÍËÈ
7982
éËfl
6679
íË·ÂÚÒÍËÈ
6682
ÅÂÚÓÌÒÍËÈ
7383
àÒ·̉ÒÍËÈ
8065
èẨʇ·ÒÍËÈ
8473
íË„Ë̸fl
6671
ÅÓ΄‡ÒÍËÈ
7378
à̉ÓÌÂÁËÈÒÍËÈ
8083
èÛ¯ÚÛ
8479
íÓÌ„Ó
7789
ÅËχÌÒÍËÈ
7365
àÌÚÂÎËÌ„‚‡
7065
èÂÒˉÒÍËÈ
8482
íÛˆÍËÈ
6669
ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒÍËÈ
7165
à·̉ÒÍËÈ
8076
èÓθÒÍËÈ
8475
íÛÍÏÂÌÒÍËÈ
7577
ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËÈÒÍËÈ
7384
àڇθflÌÒÍËÈ
8084
èÓÚÛ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
8487
í‚Ë
6765
ä‡Ú‡ÎÓÌÒÍËÈ
7465
üÔÓÌÒÍËÈ
8185
ä˜ۇ
8575
ìÍ‡ËÌÒÍËÈ
9072
äËÚ‡ÈÒÍËÈ
7487
ü‚‡ÌÒÍËÈ
8277
êÂÚÓÓχÌÒÍËÈ
8582
ì‰Û
6779
äÓÒË͇ÌÒÍËÈ
7578
ä‡Ì‡‰ÒÍËÈ
8279
êÛÏ˚ÌÒÍËÈ
8590
ìÁ·ÂÍÒÍËÈ
7282
ïÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ
7583
䇯ÏË
8285
êÛÒÒÍËÈ
8673
ǸÂÚ̇ÏÒÍËÈ
6783
óÂıËfl
7575
ä‡Á‡ıÒÍËÈ
8377
ë‡ÏÓ‡
8679
ÇÓ·ԲÍ
6865
чÚÒÍËÈ
7589
äË„ËÁÒÍËÈ
8365
ë‡ÌÒÍËÚ
6789
ì˝Î¸ÒÍËÈ
7876
ÉÓη̉ÒÍËÈ
7579
äÓÂÈÒÍËÈ
7168
òÓÚ·̉ÒÍËÈ
8779
ÇÓ·
6978
ÄÌ„ÎËÈÒÍËÈ
7585
äÛ‰ÒÍËÈ
8382
ëÂ·ÒÍËÈ
8872
ïÓÒ‡
6979
ùÒÔÂ‡ÌÚÓ
7679
ã‡ÓÒÒÍËÈ
8372
ëÂ·ÒÍÓıÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ
7473
à‰Ë¯
6984
ùÒÚÓÌÒÍËÈ
7665
ã‡Ú˚̸
8378
òÓ̇
8979
âÓÛ·‡
7079
î‡ÒË
7686
ã‡Ú˚¯ÒÍËÈ
8368
ëË̉Ë
9085
áÛÎÛÒÒÍËÈ
24
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì
äÓ‰
ëÚ‡Ì‡
äÓ‰
ëÚ‡Ì‡
äÓ‰
ëÚ‡Ì‡
äÓ‰
ëÚ‡Ì‡
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CS
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
Ä̉Ó‡
éÄù
ÄÙ„‡ÌËÒÚ‡Ì
ÄÌÚË„Û‡ Ë Å‡·Û‰‡
ÄÌ„Ë·
Äη‡ÌËfl
ÄÏÂÌËfl
ÄÌÚËθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡, çˉÂ·̉˚
ÄÌ„Ó·
ÄÌÚ‡ÍÚË͇
Ä„ÂÌÚË̇
ÄÏÂË͇ÌÒÍË ë‡ÏÓ‡
Ä‚ÒÚËfl
Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËfl
ÄÛ·‡
ÄÁÂ·‡È‰Ê‡Ì
ÅÓÒÌËfl-ÉÂˆÂ„Ó‚Ë̇
Ň·‡‰ÓÒ
Ň̄·‰Â¯
ÅÂθ„Ëfl
ÅÛÍË̇ î‡ÒÓ
ÅÓ΄‡Ëfl
ŇıÂÈÌ
ÅÛÛ̉Ë
èÂÍËÌ
ÅÂÏÛ‰˚
ÅÛÌÂÈ
ÅÓÎË‚Ëfl
Å‡ÁËÎËfl
Ň„‡Ï˚
ÅÛÚ‡Ì
éÒÚÓ‚ ÅÛ‚Â
ÅÓÚÒ‚‡Ì‡
ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒËfl
ÅÂÎËÁ
ä‡Ì‡‰‡
äÓÍÓÒÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ñÂÌÚÓ‡ÙË͇ÌÒ͇fl êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
äÓÌ„Ó
ò‚ÂȈ‡Ëfl
äÓÚ’‰ù‚Û‡
éÒÚÓ‚‡ äÛ͇
óËÎË
ä‡ÏÂÛÌ
äËÚ‡È
äÓÎÓÏ·Ëfl
äÓÒÚ‡ êË͇
Å˚‚¯. óÂıÓÒÎÓ‚‡ÍËfl
äÛ·‡
䇷Ó-ÇÂ‰Â
éÒÚÓ‚ êÓʉÂÒÚ‚‡
äËÔ
ó¯Ò͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
ÉÂχÌËfl
ÑÊË·ÛÚË
чÌËfl
ÑÓÏËÌË͇
ÑÓÏËÌË͇ÌÒ͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
ÄÎÊË
ùÍ‚‡‰Ó
ùÒÚÓÌËfl
Ö„ËÔÂÚ
á‡Ô‡‰Ì‡fl ë‡ı‡‡
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
ùËÚÂfl
àÒÔ‡ÌËfl
ùÙËÓÔËfl
îËÌÎfl̉Ëfl
îˉÊË
îÓÎÍÎẨÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
åËÍÓÌ
î‡ÂÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
î‡ÌˆËfl
î‡ÌˆËfl (‚ÓÔÂÈÒ͇fl
ÚÂËÚÓËfl)
ɇ·ÓÌ
ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl
ÉÂ̇‰‡
ÉÛÁËfl
î‡ÌˆÛÁÒ͇fl ɇȇ̇
ɇ̇
ɇ·‡ÎÚ‡
ÉÂÌ·̉Ëfl
ɇϷËfl
É‚ËÌÂfl
É‚‡‰ÂÎÛÔ‡ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
ùÍ‚‡ÚÓˇθ̇fl É‚ËÌÂfl
ÉˆËfl
é-‚‡ ëÂÌÚ-ÑÊÓ‰ÊÂÒ Ë
ëÂÌÚ-뽉‚˘
É‚‡ÚÂχ·
ÉÛ‡Ï (ëòÄ)
É‚ËÌÂfl ÅËÒÒ‡Û
ɇȇ̇
ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„
é-‚‡ ïÂ‰ Ë å‡ÍÑÓ̇Ή
ÉÓ̉Û‡Ò
ïÓ‚‡ÚËfl
ɇËÚË
ÇÂÌ„Ëfl
à̉ÓÌÂÁËfl
à·̉Ëfl
àÁ‡Ëθ
à̉Ëfl
ÅËÚ‡ÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
à̉ËÈÒÍÓ„Ó Ó͇̇
à‡Í
à‡Ì
àÒ·̉Ëfl
àÚ‡ÎËfl
üÏflÈ͇
ÑÊÓ‰‡Ì
üÔÓÌËfl
äÂÌËfl
ä˚„˚ÒÚ‡Ì
ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËfl
äËË·‡ÚË
äÓÏÓÒÍË éÒÚÓ‚‡
ëÂÌÚ-äËÚÒ Ë ç‚ËÒ
ë‚Â̇fl äÓÂfl
ûÊ̇fl äÓÂfl
äÛ‚ÂÈÚ
ä‡ÈχÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ä‡Á‡ıÒÚ‡Ì
ã‡ÓÒ
ãË‚‡Ì
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
MK
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
ë‡ÌÚ‡ ã˛˜Ëfl
ãËıÚÂ̯ÚÂÈÌ
òË-ã‡Ì͇
ãË·ÂËfl
ãÂÒÓÚÓ
ãËÚ‚‡
ã˛ÍÒÂÏ·Û„
ã‡Ú‚Ëfl
ãË‚Ëfl
å‡ÓÍÍÓ
åÓ̇ÍÓ
åÓΉ‡‚Ëfl
凉‡„‡Ò͇
å‡¯‡ÎÎÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
å‡Í‰ÓÌËfl
å‡ÎË
å‡È‡Ìχ
åÓÌÓ„ÎËfl
å‡Í‡Ó
ë‚ÂÌ˚ å‡ˇÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
å‡ÚËÌËÍ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
凂ËÚ‡ÌËfl
åÓÌÒÂ‡Ú
é. å‡Î¸Ú‡
é. 凂ËÍËÈ
å‡Î¸‰Ë‚ÒÍË Ó-‚‡
å‡Î‡‚Ë
åÂÍÒË͇
å‡Î‡ÈÁËfl
åÓÁ‡Ï·ËÍ
ç‡ÏË·Ëfl
çÓ‚‡fl ä‡Î‰ÓÌËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl)
çË„Â
çÓÙÓÎÍÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
çË„ÂËfl
çË͇‡„Û‡
çˉÂ·̉˚
çÓ‚„Ëfl
çÂÔ‡Î
ç‡ÛË
ç˛
çÓ‚‡fl á·̉Ëfl
éχÌ
è‡Ì‡Ï‡
èÂÛ
èÓÎËÌÂÁËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl)
è‡ÔÛ‡ çÓ‚‡fl É‚ËÌÂfl
îËÎÎËÔËÌ˚
è‡ÍËÒÚ‡Ì
èÓθ¯‡
ëÂÌ-è¸Â Ë åËÍÂÎÓÌ
ÓÒÚÓ‚ èËÚÍ˝Ì
èÛÂÚÓ êËÍÓ
èÓÚÛ„‡ÎËfl
é-‚ è‡Î‡Û
è‡‡„‚‡È
ä‡Ú‡
êÂÌ˛Ì¸ÓÌ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
êÛÏ˚ÌËfl
êÓÒÒËÈÒ͇fl Ù‰Â‡ˆËfl
êۇ̉‡
ë‡Û‰Ó‚Ò͇fl Ä‡‚Ëfl
ëÓÎÓÏÓÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
SC
SD
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SU
SV
SY
SZ
TC
ëÂȯÂθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ëÛ‰‡Ì
ò‚ˆËfl
ëËÌ„‡ÔÛ
Ó.ë‚flÚÓÈ ÖÎÂÌ˚
ëÎÓ‚ÂÌËfl
é-‚‡ 낇η‡‰ Ë üÌ-å‡ÈÂÌ
ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍ‡fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
ë¸Â‡ ãÂÓÌÂ
ë‡Ì å‡ËÌÓ
ëÂÌ„‡Î
ëÓχÎË
ëÛË̇Ï
ë‡ÌÚ íÓÏ Ë èË̈ËÔ
Å˚‚¯. ëëëê
ë‡Î¸‚‡‰ÓÎ
ëËËfl
낇ÁËÎẨ
íÛˆÍËÂ Ë ä‡ÈÍÓÒÍËÂ
ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
ó‡‰
ûÊÌ˚ Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÂ
ÚÂËÚÓËË
íÓ„Ó
í‡Ë·̉
퇉ÊËÍËÒÚ‡Ì
é-‚‡ íÓÍ·Û
íÛÍÏÂÌËÒÚ‡Ì
íÛÌËÒ
íÓÌ„Ó
ÇÓÒÚÓ˜Ì˚È íËÏÓ
íÛˆËfl
íËÌˉ‡‰ Ë íÓ·‡„Ó
íÛ‚‡ÎÛ
í‡È‚‡Ì¸
í‡ÌÁ‡ÌËfl
ìÍ‡Ë̇
섇̉‡
ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl
å‡Î˚ ÔË΄‡˛˘Ë Ó-‚‡
ëòÄ
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚ òÚ‡Ú˚
ìÛ„‚‡È
ìÁ·ÂÍËÒÚ‡Ì
ÉÓÓ‰-„ÓÒÛ‰‡ÒÚ‚Ó Ç‡ÚË͇Ì
ëÂÌÚ-ÇËÌÒÂÌÚ Ë
ÉÂ̇‰ËÌ˚
ÇÂÌÂÒÛ˝Î‡
ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡
(ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl)
ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡ (ëòÄ)
ǸÂÚ̇Ï
LJÌÛ‡ÚÛ
é-‚‡ LJÎËÒ Ë îÛÚÛ̇
ë‡ÏÓ‡
âÂÏÂÌ
å‡ÈÓÚ
û„ÓÒ·‚Ëfl
ûÊ̇fl ÄÙË͇
á‡Ï·Ëfl
á‡Ë
áËÏ·‡·‚Â
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UK
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
25
ëÔ‡‚͇
èÓËÁ‚Ó‰fl ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÔÎÂÂ‡, ‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 14).
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
éÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
í·ӂ‡ÌËfl Í ÔËÚ‡Ì˲
èÓÚ·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸
ɇ·‡ËÚ˚ (ÔË·Î.)
ÇÂÒ (ÔË·Î.)
ꇷӘ‡fl ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡
ꇷӘ‡fl ‚·ÊÌÓÒÚ¸
~ 110-240Ç , 50/60 Ɉ
14 ÇÚ
430 X 48 X 242 ÏÏ (¯ x ‚ x ‰)
2.34 Í„
ÓÚ 5°C ‰Ó 35°C
ÓÚ 5% ‰Ó 90 %
ëËÒÚÂχ
ã‡ÁÂ
ë˄̇θ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ı ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ
éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Î/¯ÛÏ
àÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl „‡ÏÓÌËÍ
ÑË̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ
èÓÎÛÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÓ‚˚È Î‡ÁÂ, ‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 650 ÌÏ
PAL/NTSC
DVD (PCM 96 ÍɈ): ÓÚ 8 Ɉ ‰Ó 44 ÍɈ
DVD (PCM 48 ÍɈ): ÓÚ 8 Ɉ ‰Ó 22 ÍɈ
CD: ÓÚ 8 Ɉ ‰Ó 20 ÍɈ
ÅÓΠ100 ‰Å (ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡ ‡Ì‡ÎÓ„Ó‚ÓÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰Â)
ç ·ÓΠ0,008%
ç ÏÂÌ 100 ‰Å (DVD)
ç ÏÂÌ 95 ‰Å (CD)
Ç˚ıÓ‰˚
ÇàÑÖéÇõïéÑ
ê‡Áχı 1 Ç; 75 éÏ ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚È ÌÓθ, ‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA x 1/ëäÄêí (ä íÇ)
Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‡Û‰ËÓ (ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ)
Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‡Û‰ËÓ (‡Ì‡ÎÓ„Ó‚˚È)
0.5 Ç (‡ÏÔÎ.), 75 éÏ, ‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA ı 1
2.0 Ç ÒÍ‚ (1 ÍɈ, 0 ‰Å), 600 OÏ, ‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA (L, R)x 1/ëäÄêí (ä íÇ)
èË̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË
ÇˉÂÓ͇·Âθ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇·Âθ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . . . .1
ŇڇÂÈÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
äÓÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl Ë ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ·ÂÁ ÒÔˆˇθÌÓ„Ó Û‚Â‰ÓÏÎÂÌËfl.
àÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÙËÏ˚ Dolby Laboratories. Dolby Ë ‰‚ÓÈÌÓ D fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÚÓ‚‡Ì˚ÏË Á͇̇ÏË ÙËÏ˚ Dolby Laboratories.
ëÂÍÂÚÌ˚ ÌÂÔÛ·ÎËÍÛÂÏ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚. Ä‚ÚÓÒÍÓ Ô‡‚Ó ÙËÏ˚ Dolby Laboratories 1992 - 1997. ÇÒ Ô‡‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚.
DTS Ë DTS Digital Out fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡͇ÏË ÙËÏ˚ Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
26
DV7811EM_HA3RML_ENG
DVD PLAYER
OWNER’S MANUAL
MODEL : DV3781
Before connecting, operating or adjusting this product,
please read this instruction booklet carefully and completely.
Internet Address:http://www.lg.ru
»ÌÙÓχˆËÓÌ̇ˇ ÒÎÛÊ·‡ LG Electronics (095)742-77-77
Safety Precautions
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK
OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK)
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE
REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE
PERSONNEL.
This lightning flash with arrowhead symbol within an
equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to
the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage
within the product’s enclosure that may be of
sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric
shock to persons.
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle
is intended to alert the user to the presence of
important operating and maintenance (servicing)
instructions in the literature accompanying the
product.
WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO RAIN
OR MOISTURE.
WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space
such as a book case or similar unit.
CAUTION:
This Digital Video Disc Player employs a Laser System.
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owner’s
manual carefully and retain for future reference should the unit
require maintenance, contact an authorized service location
(see service procedure).
Use of controls, adjustments, or the performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open
the enclosure. Visible laser radiation when open. DO NOT
STARE INTO BEAM.
CAUTION: The apparatus should not be exposed to water
(dripping or splashing) and no objects filled with liquids, such
as vases, should be placed on the apparatus.
2
NOTES ON COPYRIGHTS:
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast
via cable, play in public, or rent copyrighted material without
permission.
This product features the copy protection function developed by
Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on some
discs. When recording and playing the pictures of these discs
on a VCR, picture noise will appear.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation
and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is
intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse
engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
SERIAL NUMBER: The serial number is found on the back of
this unit. This number is unique to this unit and not available to
others. You should record requested information here and
retain this guide as a permanent record of your purchase.
Model No. ___________________________________
Serial No. ___________________________________
Introduction
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Playable Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
About Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front Panel and Display Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Preparation
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Connecting to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Connecting to Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
General Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
On-Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14
Initial Settings General Operation. . . . . . . . . 12
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Parental Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Operation
Operation with DVD and Video CD. . . . . . . . . . 15-17
Playing a DVD and Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Moving to another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . 15
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Still Picture and Frame-by-Frame Playback . 16
Slow Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Repeat A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3D Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Zoom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Marker Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Title Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Disc Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Changing the Audio Language . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Subtitle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Operation with Audio CD and MP3/WMA Disc . . 18
Playing an Audio CD and MP3/WMA Disc . . . . . 18
Notes on MP3/WMA Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Moving to another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Repeat Track/ All/ Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Random . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Repeat A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3D Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Operation with JPEG Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Viewing a JPEG disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Moving to another File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
To flip the picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
To rotate picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Notes on JPEG Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Programmed Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Programmed Playback with Audio CD and
MP3/WMA Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Programmed Playback with Video CD . . . . . . . . 21
Repeat Programmed Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Erasing a Track from Program List . . . . . . . . 21
Erasing the Complete Program List . . . . . . . 21
Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Last Condition Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Screen Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
System Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Controlling the TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Reference
Troubleshooting . . .
Language Code List
Country Code List . .
Specifications . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
23
24
25
26
About the symbols for instructions
Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the unit
itself or other material damage.
Indicates special operating features of this unit.
Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier.
3
INTRODUCTION
Table of Contents
Before Use
Playable Discs
Disc-related terms
Title (DVD only)
The main film content or accompanying feature content
or additional feature content, or music album.
Each title is assigned a title reference number enabling
you to locate it easily.
DVD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Video CD (VCD)
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Audio CD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
In addition, this unit can play a DVD-R, DVD±RW,
Kodak PICTURE CD, SVCD, and CD-R or CD-RW that
contains audio titles, MP3, WMA or JPEG files.
Notes
– Depending on the conditions of the recording equipment or the CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/±RW) disc itself,
some CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/±RW) discs cannot be
played on the unit.
– Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the
labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc.
– Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g., heart-shaped
or octagonal). It may result in malfunctions.
Notes on DVDs and Video CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs may
be intentionally fixed by software manufacturers. As this
unit plays DVDs and Video CDs according to disc content designed by the software manufacturer, some playback features of the unit may not be available or other
functions may be added.
Refer also to the instructions supplied with the DVDs
and Video CDs. Some DVDs made for business
purposes may not be played on the unit.
Regional code of the DVD player and DVDs
This DVD player is designed and manufactured
for playback of region “5” encoded DVD software.
The region code on the labels of some DVD discs
indicates which type of player can play those discs. This
unit can play only DVD discs labeled “5” or “ALL”. If you
try to play any other discs, the message “Check Regional
Code” will appear on the TV screen. Some DVD discs
may not have a region code label even though their
playback is prohibited by area limits.
5
4
Chapter (DVD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece that are smaller
than titles. A title is composed of one or several chapters. Each chapter is assigned a chapter number,
enabling you to locate the chapter you want. Depending
on the disc, chapters may not be recorded.
Track (Video CD and audio CD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece on a video CD
or an audio CD. Each track is assigned a track number,
enabling you to locate the track you want.
Scene
On a video CD with PBC (Playback control) functions,
moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “Scenes”. Each scene is displayed in the
menu screen and assigned a scene number, enabling
you to locate the scene you want.
A scene is composed of one or several tracks.
Types of video CDs
There are two types of video CDs:
Video CDs equipped with PBC (Version 2.0)
PBC (Playback control) functions allow you to interact
with the system via menus, search functions, or other
typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still pictures
of high resolution can be played if they are included in
the disc.
Video CDs not equipped with PBC (Version 1.1)
Operated in the same way as audio CDs, these discs
allow playback of video pictures as well as sound, but
they are not equipped with PBC.
Before Use (Continued)
Handling the unit
When shipping the unit
The original shipping carton and packing materials
come in handy. For maximum protection, re-pack the
unit as it was originally packed at the factory.
When setting up the unit
The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio
may be distorted during playback. In this case, position
the unit away from the TV, VCR, or radio, or turn off the
unit after removing the disc.
Storing discs
After playing, store the disc in its case.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or sources of
heat, or leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sunlight, as there may be a considerable temperature
increase inside the car.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc can cause poor picture quality and sound distortion. Before playing, clean
the disc with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from the center out.
To keep the exterior surfaces clean
Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide spray,
near the unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products in
contact with the unit for a long period of time. They will
leave marks on the surface.
Cleaning the unit
To clean the cabinet
Use a soft, dry cloth. If the surfaces are extremely dirty,
use a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent
solution. Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol,
benzine, or thinner, as these might damage the surface
of the unit.
To obtain a clear picture
The DVD player is a high-tech, precision device. If the
optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or
worn, the picture quality will be poor.
Regular inspection and maintenance are recommended
after every 1,000 hours of use. (This depends on the
operating environment.)
For details, please contact your nearest dealer.
Notes on Discs
Handling discs
Do not touch the playback side of the disc.
Hold the disc by the edges so that fingerprints will not
get on the surface.
Do not stick paper or tape on the disc.
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static
spray intended for older vinyl records.
About Symbols
About the
symbol display
“
” may appear on the TV screen during operation.
This icon means the function explained in this owner’s
manual is not available on that specific DVD video disc.
About the disc symbols for instructions
A section whose title has one of the following symbol is
applicable only to the disc represented by the symbol.
DVD DVD
VCD2.0 Video CDs with the PBC (playback control)
function.
VCD1.1 Video CDs without the PBC (playback control)
function.
CD
Audio CDs.
MP3 MP3 disc.
WMA WMA disc.
JPEG JPEG disc.
5
INTRODUCTION
Precautions
Front Panel and Display Window
POWER
Switches the player
ON and OFF.
PLAY ( 2 )
Starts playback.
PAUSE ( ; )
Pause playback temporarily/ press repeatedly
for frame-by-frame playback.
Power indicator
Lights green when the
DVD player is turned on.
STOP ( 9 )
Stops playback.
Reverse Skip/Scan ( Q / S )
Go to beginning of current chapter/track or to PREVIOUS chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds for a fast reverse
search.
Forward Skip/Scan ( T / R )
Go to NEXT chapter/track.
Press and hold for two seconds for
a fast forward search.
OPEN/CLOSE ( / )
Opens or closes the disc tray.
Display window
Shows the current status of the player.
Disc Tray
Insert a disc here.
ANGLE active
Remote Sensor
Point the DVD Player
remote control here.
TITLE Indicates current title number
CHP/TRK Indicates current chapter or track number
DVD
DVD inserted
Indicates total playing time/elapsed time
CD Audio CD inserted
VCD Video CD inserted
PROG. Programmed playback active
MP3 MP3 or WMA disc
inserted
RANDOM RANDOM playback
active
Indicates current player
function:
Playback, Pause, etc.
MP3 VCD
6
Indicates repeat
mode
CD DVD
TITLE
CHP/TRK
PROG.
RANDOM ALL A
B
Remote Control
OPEN/CLOSE
Opens and closes the disc tray.
POWER
Switches DVD Player ON and OFF.
DVD
Selects operational mode of remote
control to DVD.
This button is not available.
POWER
DVD SOUND/MUTE
DISPLAY
RETURN
SELECT
VOL
SLOW ( , / . ) •
Reverse/ Forward slow playback.
STOP ( 9 ) •
Stops playback.
TV AV
VOL
ENTER
MENU
TITLE
PR./CH
PAUSE/STEP
SKIP/SCAN
SLOW
STOP
PLAY
SKIP/SCAN
MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
PAUSE/STEP ( ; ) •
Pauses playback temporarily/ press
repeatedly for frame-by-frame
playback.
TV
PR./CH
DISPLAY
Accesses On-Screen display.
1 2 3 4 (left/right/up/down)
- Selects an item in the menu.
- Selects channel of TV and
changes volume of TV.
OPEN/CLOSE
TV
Selects operational mode of
remote control to TV.
RETURN/TV AV
- Removes the setup menu.
- Displays the menu of a video CD
with PBC.
- Selects AUX A/V input channel of TV.
SELECT/ENTER
Acknowledges menu selection.
TITLE
Displays the discs Title menu, if
available.
PROGRAM
CLEAR
AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE SETUP
REPEAT
A-B RANDOM ZOOM
MARKER SEARCH
• Forward SKIP/SCAN ( T )
Search forward*/ go to next chapter
or track.
H)
• PLAY (H
Starts playback.
• Reverse SKIP/SCAN ( S )
Search backward*/ go to beginning
of current chapter or track or go to
previous chapter or track.
0-9 number buttons
Selects numbered items in a menu.
* Press and hold button for about
two seconds.
AUDIO •
Selects an audio language (DVD) or
an audio channel (CD).
PROGRAM
Enters to the program edit mode or
exits from that.
SUBTITLE •
Selects a subtitle language.
CLEAR
Removes a track number on the
program list or a mark on the
MARKER SEARCH menu.
ANGLE •
Selects a DVD camera angle if
available
• REPEAT
Repeat chapter, track, title, all.
SETUP •
Accesses or removes setup menu.
• A-B
Repeat sequence.
MARKER •
Marks any point during playback.
• RANDOM
Plays tracks in random order.
SEARCH •
Displays MARKER SEARCH menu.
• ZOOM
Enlarges video image.
Remote control battery installation
AAA
Point the remote control at the remote sensor and press
the buttons.
Distance: About 23 ft (7 m) from the front of the
remote sensor.
Angle: About 30° in each direction of the front of the
remote sensor.
AAA
Remote Control Operation Range
Detach the battery cover on the rear of
the remote control, and insert two R03
(size AAA) batteries with
and
aligned correctly.
Caution
Do not mix old and new batteries. Never mix different
types of batteries (standard, alkaline, etc.).
7
INTRODUCTION
SOUND/MUTE
- Selects 3D SURROUND during
disc playback.
- Turns off TV sound.
Rear Panel
COAXIAL (Digital audio out jack)
Connect to digital (coaxial) audio equipment.
AC Power Cord
Plug into the power source.
AUDIO OUT (Left/Right)
Connect to an amplifier, receiver, or stereo system.
VIDEO OUT
Connect to a TV with video inputs.
TO TV (SCART) Jack
Connect to a TV with SCART jack.
Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear
panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent
damage to the unit.
8
Connections
Tips
Depending on your TV and other equipment you wish
to connect, there are various ways you could connect
the player. Use only one of the connections
described below.
Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR, Stereo
System or other devices as necessary to make the
best connections.
For better sound reproduction, connect the player’s
AUDIO OUT jacks to the audio in jacks of your
amplifier, receiver, stereo or audio/video equipment.
See “Connecting to Optional Equipment” on page 10.
Rear of TV
SCART INPUT
VIDEO
INPUT
AUDIO INPUT
R
A
PREPARATION
L
V
T
Caution
– Make sure the DVD Player is connected directly to the
TV. Tune the TV to the correct video input channel.
– Do not connect the DVD Player’s AUDIO OUT jack to
the phono in jack (record deck) of your audio system.
– Do not connect your DVD Player via your VCR. The
DVD image could be distorted by the copy protection
system.
Connecting to a TV
Make one of the following connections, depending on
the capabilities of your existing equipment.
Rear of DVD player
Video connection
the VIDEO OUT jack on the DVD Player to
1 Connect
the video in jack on the TV using the video cable (V).
the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
2 Connect
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the audio cables.
S-Video connection
1
Connect the S-VIDEO OUT jack on the DVD Player
to the S-Video in jack on the TV using the S-Video
cable (S).
the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks of
2 Connect
the DVD Player to the audio left/right in jacks on the
TV (A) using the audio cables.
SCART connection
Connect the TO TV scart jack on the DVD Player to the
corresponding in jacks on the TV using the scart cable (T).
9
Connections (Continued)
Connecting to Optional Equipment
Rear of DVD player
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel analog stereo or Dolby Pro Logic ll/
Pro Logic
Connect the Left and Right AUDIO OUT jacks on the
DVD Player to the audio left and right in jacks on your
amplifier, receiver, or stereo system, using the audio
cables (A).
Connecting to an amplifier equipped with two
channel digital stereo (PCM) or to an Audio/
Video receiver equipped with a multi-channel
decoder (Dolby Digital™, MPEG 2, or DTS)
1
Connect one of the DVD Player’s DIGITAL AUDIO
OUT jacks (COAXIAL X) to the corresponding in
jack on your amplifier. Use an optional digital
(coaxial X) audio cable.
will need to activate the player’s digital output.
2 You
(See “Digital Audio Output” on page 13).
Digital Multi-channel sound
A digital multi-channel connection provides the best
sound quality. For this you need a multi-channel
Audio/Video receiver that supports one or more of the
audio formats supported by your DVD Player (MPEG 2,
Dolby Digital and DTS). Check the receiver manual and
the logos on the front of the receiver.
Caution:
Due to the DTS Licensing agreement, the digital output
will be in DTS digital out when DTS audio stream is
selected.
Notes
– If the audio format of the digital output does not match
the capabilities of your receiver, the receiver will
produce a strong, distorted sound or no sound at all.
– Six Channel Digital Surround Sound via digital connection can only be obtained if your receiver is
equipped with a Digital Multi-channel decoder.
– To see the audio format of the current DVD in the onscreen display, press AUDIO.
10
X
A
COAXIAL
DIGITAL INPUT
Amplifier (Receiver)
R
L
AUDIO INPUT
Before Operation
1/2
2 to change the setting of an item.
3 Press
The number buttons can be also be used for setting
numbers (e.g., title number). For some functions,
press SELECT/ENTER to execute the setting.
Temporary Feedback Field Icons
General Explanation
This manual gives basic instructions for operating the
DVD Player. Some DVDs require specific operation or
allow only limited operation during playback. When this
occurs, the symbol
appears on the TV screen, indicating that the operation is not permitted by the DVD
Player or is not available on the disc.
TITLE
On-Screen Display
CHAPT
Repeat Chapter
TRACK
Repeat Track (non-PBC Video CDs only)
ALL
Repeat All Tracks (non-PBC Video CDs only)
A B
Repeat A-B
OFF
Repeat Off
Resume play from this point
General playback status can be displayed on the TV
screen. Some items can be changed on the menu.
Action prohibited or not available
On-screen display operation
Press DISPLAY during playback.
1
3/4
4 to select an item.
2 Press
The selected item will be highlighted.
Repeat Title
Notes
Some discs may not provide all of the features on the
on-screen display example shown below.
If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the on-screen
display disappears.
DVD
Items
4 to select desired item)
Function (Press 3/4
Selection Method
1 /3
Shows the current title number and total number of
titles, and skips to the desired title number.
1 / 2, or
Numbers, SELECT/ENTER
1 /12
Shows the current chapter number and total number of
chapters, and skips to the desired chapter number.
1 / 2, or
Numbers, SELECT/ENTER
Shows the elapsed playing time, and
searches the point by the elapsed time directly.
Numbers, SELECT/ENTER
Title Number
Chapter Number
Time search
0:20:09
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
ABC
Angle
1 /1
Sound
VCD2.0
OFF
NORM.
1 / 2, or
SUBTILE
Shows the current angle number and total number of
angles, and changes the angle number.
1 / 2, or
ANGLE
Shows the current sound mode, and
changes the setting.
1 / 2, or
SOUND
1 / 2, or
AUDIO
VCD1.1
Items
Track Number
1 /4
Time
0:20:09
Audio Channel
STER.
Sound
Shows the current audio soundtrack language,
encoding method, and channel number, and
changes the setting.
Shows the current subtitles language, and
changes the setting.
NORM.
4 to select desired item)
Function (Press 3/4
Selection Method
Shows the current track number, total number of tracks
and PBC On mode, and skip to the desired track number.
1 / 2, or
Numbers, SELECT/ENTER
Shows the elapsed playing time (Display only)
–
Shows the audio channel, and
changes the audio channel.
1 / 2, or
AUDIO
Shows the current sound mode, and
changes the setting.
1 / 2, or
SOUND
11
PREPARATION
Caution:
Before using the remote control, press the DVD or TV
button to select the device to be operated.
Before Operation (Continued)
Initial Settings
Menu Language
You can set your own Personal Preferences on the player.
Select a language for the setup menu. This is the menu
you see when you press SETUP.
Disc Audio
Initial Settings General Operation
1
Disc Subtitle
Russian
English
Disc Menu
Rating
Press SETUP.
The setup menu appears.
Country Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Disc Audio
Original
Progressive Scan
Disc Subtitle
Russian
Disc Menu
English
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Rating
French
Others
Country Code
German
TV Aspect
Spanish
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Italian
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Hungarian
Polish
Other — — — —
Others
3/4
4 to select the desired item.
2 Press
The screen will show the current setting for the
selected item, as well as alternate setting(s).
the desired item is selected, press 2, then
3 While
3/4
4 to select the desired setting.
SELECT/ENTER to confirm your selection.
4 Press
Some items require additional steps.
SETUP, RETURN, or PLAY to exit the
5 Press
setup menu.
Picture
TV Aspect
DVD
4:3 Letterbox: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays theatrical images with masking bars
above and below the picture.
4:3 Panscan: Select when a conventional TV set is
connected. The video material formatted in the Pan &
Scan style is played back in that style (Both sides of the
picture are cut off).
16:9 Wide: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected.
Disc Audio
4:3 Letterbox
Disc Subtitle
4:3 Panscan
Disc Menu
16:9 Wide
Rating
Country Code
Language
Disc Language
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
DVD
Digital Audio Output
Select a language for the disc’s Menu, Audio, and
Subtitle.
Original : The original language set for the disc is selected.
Other : To select another language, press number buttons to
enter the corresponding 4-digit number according to the language code list on page 24. If you enter the wrong language
code, press CLEAR.
Disc Audio
Original
Disc Subtitle
Russian
Disc Menu
English
Rating
French
Country Code
German
TV Aspect
Spanish
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Italian
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
12
Polish
Hungarian
Other — — — —
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Sound
Others
Digital Audio Output
The DRC, Vocal, PBC and Auto Play settings can be
changed.
4 to select the desired item and press
Press 3/4
SELECT/ENTER. The setting of the selected item is
changed between On and Off.
Each DVD disc has a variety of audio output options.
Set the player’s Digital Audio Output according to the
type of audio system you use.
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM: Select “DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM”
if you connected the DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to
a Dolby Digital decoder (or an amplifier or other equipment with a Dolby Digital decoder).
Disc Audio
DRC
On
Disc Subtitle
Vocal
On
Disc Menu
PBC
On
Rating
Auto Play
Off
Country Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Stream/PCM: Select “Stream/PCM” if you connected
the DVD Player’s DIGITAL OUT jack to an amplifier or
other equipment with a DTS decoder, Dolby Digital
decoder or MPEG decoder.
PCM: Select when connected to a 2-channel digital
stereo amplifier. The DVD player outputs sounds in the
PCM 2ch format when you play a DVD video disc
recorded on the Dolby Digital, MPEG1, or MPEG2
recording system.
Disc Audio
DOLBY
DIGITAL
Disc Subtitle
Stream/PCM
Disc Menu
PCM
/PCM
Rating
Country Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Sample Freq.
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Dynamic Range Control (DRC)
With the DVD format, you can hear a program’s soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presentation
possible, thanks to digital audio technology. However,
you may wish to compress the dynamic range of the
audio output (the difference between the loudest sounds
and the quietest ones). Then, you may listen to a movie
at a lower volume without losing clarity of sound. Set
DRC to On for this effect.
48 KHz
96KHz
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Sample Frequency
To change the Sample Frequency setting, first select the
desired Digital Audio Output as indicated as above.
If your receiver or amplifier is NOT capable of handling
96KHz signals, select 48KHz. When this choice is
made, this unit will automatically convert any 96KHz signals to 48KHz so your system can decode them.
If your receiver or amplifier is capable of handling
96KHz signals, select 96KHz. When this choice is
made, this unit will pass each type of signal through
without any further processing.
Vocal
Set Vocal to On only when a multi-channel karaoke DVD
is playing. The karaoke channels on the disc will mix
into normal stereo sound.
PBC
Set Playback Control (PBC) to On or Off.
On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the PBC.
Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as Audio
CDs.
Auto Play
DVD
You can set up the DVD Player so a DVD disc automatically starts playing whenever the DVD is inserted.
If Auto Play mode is set to On, this DVD player will
search a title that playback time is long most and then
play back the title automatically.
On: Auto Play function is activated.
Off: Auto Play function is not activated.
Note
The Auto Play function may not work for some DVDs.
13
PREPARATION
Before Operation (Continued)
Before Operation (Continued)
Parental Control
Country Code
Rating
Enter the code of a country/area whose standards were
used to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list
(See “Country Code List”, page 25.).
DVD
Movies on DVDs may contain scenes not suitable for
children. Therefore, discs may contain Parental Control
information that applies to the complete disc or to
certain scenes on the disc. These scenes are rated from
1 to 8, and alternatively, more suitable scenes are available for selection on some discs. Ratings are
country-dependent. The Parental Control feature allows
you to prevent discs from being played by your children
or to have certain discs played with alternative scenes.
DVD
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Code Set
U E
S
S
Disc Menu
Rating
Country Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
Progressive Scan
Digital Audio Output
5.1 Speaker Setup
Disc Audio
8
Disc Subtitle
7
Disc Menu
6
Rating
Country Code
5
TV Aspect
Menu Language
3
Progressive Scan
1
Digital Audio Output
Unlock
5.1 Speaker Setup
Change
4
2
Others
“Rating” on the Setup menu using the
1 Select
3/4
4 buttons.
2 While “Rating” is selected, press 2.
you have not entered a password yet.
3 When
Enter a 4-digit password using the numbered buttons to create a personal 4-digit security password.
4 buttons on
Country Code using the 3/4
1 Select
the setup menu.
2 While Country Code is selected, press 2.
3 Follow step 3 of “Rating” on left.
4 Select the first character using the 3/44 buttons.
the cursor using 2 button and select the
5 Shift
4 buttons.
second character using 3/4
Press SELECT/ENTER to confirm your country
6 code
selection, then press SETUP to exit the
menu.
then press SELECT/ENTER. Enter the 4-digit password again and press SELECT/ENTER to verify.
When you have already entered a password;
Enter a 4-digit password using the numbered buttons to confirm the personal 4-digit security password, then press SELECT/ENTER.
Note
Confirmation of the 4-digit password is necessary when
the code is changed (see “Changing the 4-digit code”
below.).
If you make a mistake before pressing SELECT/ENTER,
press CLEAR and enter 4-digit security password again.
1 Follow Steps 1-2 as shown above to the left (Rating).
2 Enter the old code, then press SELECT/ENTER.
4 buttons then press
3 Select Change using 3/4
SELECT/ENTER.
4 Enter the new 4-digit code, then press
SELECT/ENTER.
5 Enter exactly the same code a second time and verify by pressing SELECT/ENTER.
6 Press SETUP to exit the menu.
4 butSelect a rating from 1 to 8 using the 3/4
4 tons.
One (1) has the least playback restrictions.
Eight (8) has the most playback restrictions.
Unlock: If you select Unlock, Parental Control is not
active. The disc will play in full.
Ratings 1 to 8: Some discs contain scenes not
suitable for children. If you set a rating for the player, all disc scenes with the same rating or lower will
be played. Higher rated scenes will not be played
unless an alternative scene is available on the disc.
The alternative must have the same rating or a
lower one. If no suitable alternative is found, playback will stop. You must enter the 4-digit password
or change the rating level in order to play the disc.
5
Others
Press SELECT/ENTER to confirm your rating
selection, then press SETUP to exit the menu.
14
Changing the 4-digit code
If you forget your 4-digit code
If you forget your password, to clear the current password, follow the procedure below.
1 Press SETUP to display the setup menu.
2 Use the Number buttons to enter the 6-digit number
“210499”.
The 4-digit password is cleared. “P CLr” appears on the
display for a moment.
3 Enter a new code as shown above to the left (Rating).
Operation with DVD and Video CD
Playback Setup
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
Turn on the TV and select the video input source connected to the DVD player.
Audio system: Turn on the audio system and select
the input source connected to the DVD player.
General Features
Note
Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use
the remote control. Some features may also be
available on the Setup menu.
Moving to another TITLE
DVD
Press OPEN/CLOSE to open the disc tray.
1
your chosen disc in the tray, with the
2 Load
playback side down.
OPEN/CLOSE to close the tray.
3 Press
READING appears on the TV screen, and playback
starts automatically. If playback does not start,
press PLAY.
In some cases, the disc menu might appear
instead.
If a menu screen is displayed
The menu screen may be displayed first after loading a
DVD or Video CD which offer a menu.
DVD
Use the 1 234 buttons to select the title/chapter you
want to view, then press SELECT/ENTER to start playback.
Press TITLE or MENU to return to the menu screen.
VCD2.0
Use the number buttons to select the track you want
to view.
Press RETURN to return to the menu screen.
Menu setting and the exact operating procedures for
using the menu may differ depending on the disc.
Follow the instructions on the each menu screen.
You also may set PBC to Off under setup. See page
13.
Notes
– If Parental Control is set and the disc is not within the
Rating settings (not authorized), the 4-digit code must
be entered and/or the disc must be authorized (see
“Parental Control”, on page 14).
– DVDs may have a region code.
Your player will not play discs that have a region code
different from your player. The region code for this
player is 5 (five).
1 /3
When a disc has more than one title, you can move to
another title as follows:
Press DISPLAY, then press the appropriate numbered button (0-9) to select a title number.
Moving to another CHAPTER/TRACK
DVD
VCD1.1
1 /12
1 /3
When a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a
disc has more than one track, you can move to another
chapter/track as follows:
Press SKIP/SCAN . or > briefly during
playback to select the next chapter/track or to return
to the beginning of the current chapter/track.
Press . twice briefly to step back to the previous
chapter/track.
To go directly to any chapter during DVD playback,
4 to select the
press DISPLAY. Then, press 3/4
chapter/track icon. Then, enter the chapter/track
number using the numbered buttons (0-9).
Note
For two-digit numbers, press the numbered buttons
(0-9)in rapid succession.
Search
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Press and hold SKIP/SCAN . or > for about
two seconds during playback.
The player will now go into SEARCH mode.
2 Press and hold SKIP/SCAN . or > repeatedly
to select the required speed: mX2, mX4, mX16,
mX100 (backward) or MX2, MX4, MX16,
MX100 (forward).
With a Video CD, the Search speed changes: mX2,
mX4, mX8, (backward) or MX2, MX4, MX8,
(forward).
3 To exit SEARCH mode, press PLAY.
15
OPERATION
Playing a DVD and Video CD
Operation with DVD and Video CD
General Features (continued)
Video CDs - Repeat Track/All/Off
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
Still Picture and Frame-by-frame playback
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
The player will now go into PAUSE mode.
2 You can advance the picture frame-by-frame by pressing PAUSE/STEP repeatedly on the remote control.
Slow Motion
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
1 Press SLOW t or T during playback.
The player will enter SLOW mode.
2 Use the SLOW t or T to select the required speed:
t 1/16, t 1/8, t 1/4 or t 1/2 (backward), or
T 1/16, T 1/8, T 1/4 or T 1/2 (forward).
3 To exit slow motion mode, press PLAY.
Note
Slow motion playback in reverse is not applicable for
Video CD.
Random
VCD2.0
Karaoke DVD
VCD1.1
The Repeat Track icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat the disc currently playing, press REPEAT a
second time.
The Repeat All icon appears on the TV screen.
3 To exit Repeat mode, press REPEAT a third time.
The Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
Note
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the Repeat function. See page 13.
Repeat A-B
A *
A B
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
OFF
To repeat a sequence in a title:
1 Press A-B at your chosen starting point.
“ A * ” appears briefly on the TV screen.
2 Press A-B again at your chosen end point.
“A B” appears briefly on the TV screen, and the repeat
sequence begins (“AsB” appears the display window).
3 To cancel the sequence, press A-B.
1 Press RANDOM during playback or in stop mode.
The unit automatically begins Random Playback and
“RANDOM” appears on the display window.
Time Search
2 To return to normal playback, press RANDOM until
“RANDOM” disappears on the display window.
The Time Search function allows you to start playing at
any chosen time on the disc.
Tips
By pressing SKIP/SCAN > during Random playback,
the unit selects another title (track) and resumes
Random playback.
Note
This function only works with DVD Karaoke discs and
video CD without PBC.
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use the Random function. See
page 13.
Repeat
CHAPT
DVD
TITLE
VCD2.0
TRACK
VCD1.1
ALL
OFF
DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off
1 To repeat the currently playing chapter, press
REPEAT.
The Repeat Chapter icon appears on the TV screen.
2 To repeat the title currently playing, press REPEAT a
second time.
The Repeat Title icon appears on the TV screen.
3 To exit Repeat mode, press REPEAT a third time.
The Repeat Off icon appears on the TV screen.
DVD
0:20:09
-:--:--
1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The on-screen display appears on the screen.
The Time Search box shows the elapsed playing time of the
current disc.
4 to select the Time
2 Within 10 seconds, press 3/4
Search icon in the on-screen display.
The “-:--:--” appears in the Time Search box.
3 Within 10 seconds, use the number buttons to enter
the required start time. Enter hours, minutes, and seconds from left to right in the box.
If you enter the wrong numbers, press CLEAR to remove the
numbers you entered. Then enter the correct numbers.
4 Within 10 seconds, press SELECT/ENTER to confirm
the start time.
Playback starts from the selected time on the disc. If you enter
an invalid time, playback will continue from the current point.
3D Surround
NORM.
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
3D SUR
This unit can produce a 3D Surround effect, which
simulates multi-channel audio playback from two
conventional stereo speakers, instead of the five or
more speakers normally required to listen to multichannel audio from a home theater system.
1 Press SOUND to select “3D SUR” during playback.
2 To turn off the 3D Surround effect, press SOUND
again to select “NORM”.
16
Operation with DVD and Video CD
General Features (continued)
DVD
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
The Zoom function allows you to enlarge the video
image and to move through the enlarged image.
1 Press ZOOM during playback or still playback to activate the Zoom function.
If you press ZOOM repeatedly, the magnification level
increases up to six steps.
2 Use the 1 234 buttons to move through the zoomed
picture.
3 Press CLEAR to resume normal playback or return to
the paused image.
Note
The zoom function may not work for some DVDs.
Marker Search
1/9
DVD
DVD
VCD2.0
Checking the contents of DVD Video
discs: Menus
DVDs may offer menus that allow you to access special
features. To use the disc menu, press MENU. Then,
press the appropriate number button to select an option.
Or, use the 1 234 buttons to highlight your selection,
then press SELECT/ENTER.
Title Menu
DVD
1 Press TITLE.
If the current title has a menu, the menu will appear on the
screen. Otherwise, the disc menu may appear.
2 The menu can list camera angles, spoken language
and subtitle options, and chapters for the title.
3 To remove the title menu, press TITLE again.
VCD1.1
MARKER SEARCH
Disc Menu
DVD
1 Press MENU.
You can start playback from a memorized point. Up to
nine points can be memorized.
To enter a mark, follow these steps.
1 During disc playback, press MARKER when
playback reaches the spot that you want to
memorize.
The Marker icon will appear on the TV screen briefly.
2 Repeat step 1 to enter up to nine Marker points on a
disc.
The disc menu is displayed.
2 To remove the disc menu, press MENU again.
Camera Angle
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Within 10 seconds, press 1/2 to select a Marker
number that you want to recall.
3 Press SELECT/ENTER.
Playback will start from the Marked scene.
1 /1
If the disc contains scenes recorded at different camera
angles, you can change to a different camera angle
during playback.
Press ANGLE repeatedly during playback to select a
desired angle.
The number of the current angle appears on the display.
To Recall a Marked Scene
1 During disc playback, press SEARCH.
DVD
Changing the Audio Language
DVD
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio language or audio track.
Changing the Audio Channel
VCD2.0
VCD1.1
4 To remove the MARKER SEARCH menu, press
SEARCH.
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a different audio channel (STER., LEFT or RIGHT).
To clear a Marked Scene
Subtitles
1 During disc playback, press SEARCH.
The MARKER SEARCH menu will appear on the screen.
2 Press 1/2 to select the Marker number that you want
to erase.
3 Press CLEAR.
The Marker number will be erased from the list.
DVD
ABC
1 ENG
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to see the
different subtitle languages.
If
Note
appears, the feature is not available on the disc.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to erase additional Marker
numbers.
5 To remove the MARKER SEARCH menu, press
SEARCH.
17
OPERATION
Zoom
Special DVD Features
Operation with Audio CD and MP3/WMA Disc
Playing an Audio CD and MP3/WMA Disc
CD
MP3
About MP3
WMA
The DVD Player can play MP3/WMA formatted recordings on CD-ROM, CD-R or CD-RW discs.
Before playing MP3/WMA recordings, read the notes on
MP3/WMA Recordings on right.
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
Audio CD; Audio CD menu appears on the TV
screen go to step 3.
MP3/WMA disc; The MP3/WMA-JPEG choice
menu appears on the TV screen. Go to step 2
MP3 WMA
JPEG
Press RETURN to move to the MP3/WMA-JPEG
choice menu.
Program
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
00:00
Clear All
OFF
3/4
4 to select a folder, and SELECT/ENTER.
3 Press
A list of files in the folder appears.
3/4
4 to select a track then press PLAY or
4 Press
SELECT/ENTER.
Playback starts.
During playback, the current track’s elapsed playing
time will appear on the display window and menu.
Playback will stop at the end of the disc.
Press TITLE to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
Program
CD
Program
MP3 WMA
TRACK01
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
Clear All
TRACK08
0: 56: 18
STER.
NORM.
Audio CD menu
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
Clear All
1
An MP3 file is audio data compressed by using the
MPEG1 audio layer-3 file-coding scheme. We call
files that have the “.mp3” file extension “MP3 files”.
The player can not read an MP3 file that has a file
extension other than “.mp3”.
About WMA(Window Media Audio)
An WMA file is a Microsoft audio compression
technology.
WMA(Windows Media Audio) offers double the audio
compression of the MP3 format.
1. Sampling Frequency / only at 44.1 kHz (MP3),
22.05-44.1 kHz (WMA)
2. Bit rate / within 32-320 kbps (MP3),
32-128 kbps (WMA)
3. CD-R physical format should be “ISO 9660”
4. If you record MP3/WMA files using the software
which cannot create a FILE SYSTEM, for example
“Direct-CD” etc., it is impossible to playback
MP3/WMA files. We recommend that you use “EasyCD Creator”, which creates an ISO9660 file system.
5. A single session disc requires MP3/WMA files in the
first track. If there is no MP3/WMA file in the 1st
track, it cannot playback MP3/WMA files. If you wish
to playback MP3/WMA files, format all the data in
the disc or use a new one.
6. File names should be named using 8 letters or less
and must incorporate “.mp3” or “.wma” extension
e.g. “********.MP3” or “********.WMA”.
7. Do not use special letters such as “/ : * ? “ < > ” etc.
8. Total number of files on the disc should be less than
650.
This DVD player requires discs/recordings to meet
certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal
playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically
set to these standards. There are many different types
of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing
MP3 or WMA files). That require certain pre-existing
conditions (see above) to insure compatible playback.
OFF
MP3/WMA menu
Tip
If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder list,
use the 34 to highlight
and press SELECT/ENTER to
return to the previous menu screen.
5 To stop playback at any other time, press STOP.
18
MP3/WMA Disc compatibility with this player is
limited as follows:
3/4
4 to select the MP3/WMA then press
2 Press
SELECT/ENTER.
The MP3/WMA menu appears on the TV screen.
MP3 WMA
Notes on MP3/WMA Recordings
Customers should also note that permission is
required in order to download MP3/WMA files and
music from the Internet. Our company has no right
to grant such permission. Permission should always
be sought from the copyright owner.
Operation with Audio and MP3/WMA Disc (Continued)
CD
MP3
Repeat A-B
WMA
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during playback.
2 To return to playback, press PLAY or press
PAUSE/STEP again.
CD
To repeat a sequence.
1 During disc playback, press A-B at your chosen starting point.
The Repeat icon and “A * ” appears on the menu screen.
Moving to another Track
CD
MP3
WMA
Press SKIP/SCAN . or > briefly during
playback to go to the next track or to return to the
beginning of the current track.
Press SKIP/SCAN . twice briefly to step back to
the previous track.
In case of audio CD, to go directly to any track, enter
the track number using the numbered buttons (0-9)
during playback.
Repeat Track/All/Off
CD
MP3
WMA
1 To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat icon and “TRACK” appears on the menu
screen.
2 To repeat all tracks on a disc, press REPEAT a
second time.
2 Press A-B again at your chosen end point.
The Repeat icon and “A B” appears on the menu screen,
and the sequence begins to play repeatedly.
3 To exit the sequence and return to normal play, press
A-B again.
The Repeat icon and “OFF” appears on the menu screen.
3D Surround
CD
This unit can produce a 3D Surround effect, which
simulates multi-channel audio playback from two
conventional stereo speakers, instead of the five or
more speakers normally required to listen to
multi-channel audio from a home theater system.
1 Press SOUND to select “3D SUR” during playback.
2 To turn off the 3D Surround effect, press SOUND
again to select “NORM.”.
The Repeat icon and “ALL” appears on the menu screen.
Changing the Audio Channel
3 To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT a third time.
The Repeat icon and “OFF” appears on the menu screen.
Search
CD
MP3
CD
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a
different audio channel (STER., LEFT, or RIGHT).
WMA
1 Press and hold SKIP/SCAN . or > for about
two seconds during playback.
The player will now go into SEARCH mode.
2 Press and hold SKIP/SCAN . or > repeatedly
to select the required speed: mX2, mX4, mX8
(backward) or MX2, MX4, MX8 (forward).
Search speed and direction are indicated on the menu
screen.
3 To exit SEARCH mode, press PLAY.
Random
CD
MP3
WMA
1 Press RANDOM during playback or when playback is
stopped.
The unit automatically begins Random Playback and
RANDOM or “RAND.” appears on the display window
and menu screen.
2 To return to normal playback, press RANDOM
repeatedly until RANDOM or “RAND.” disappears on
the display window and menu screen.
19
OPERATION
Pause
Operation with JPEG Disc
Viewing a JPEG disc
viewing at any other time, press STOP.
5 ToThestop
JPEG menu appears.
JPEG
This DVD Player can play discs with JPEG files and
Kodak picture CD. Before playing JPEG recordings,
read the notes on JPEG Recordings on right.
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/WMA-JPEG choice menu appears on the
TV screen.
1
MP3 WMA
JPEG
2
4 to select the JPEG then press
Press 3/4
SELECT/ENTER.
The JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
Moving to another File
Press SKIP/SCAN . or > once during viewing a
picture to advance to the next file or to the previous file.
Still Picture
1 Press PAUSE/STEP during slide show.
The player will now go into PAUSE mode.
2 To return to the slide show, press PLAY or press
PAUSE/STEP again.
To flip the picture
4 during showing a picture to flip the
Press 3/4
picture horizontally or a vertically.
JPEG
To rotate picture
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Press 1/2 during showing a picture to rotate the
picture clockwise or counter clockwise.
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
Slide Speed
3
Off
Notes on JPEG Recordings
4 to select a folder, and SELECT/ENTER.
Press 3/4
A list of files in the folder appears.
Press RETURN to move to the MP3/WMA-JPEG
choice menu.
Tip
If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder
list, use the 34 buttons on the remote to highlight
“
” and press SELECT/ENTER to return to the
previous menu screen.
Depending upon the size and number of the JPEG
files, it could take a long time for the DVD player to
read the disc’s contents. If you don’t see an on-screen
display after several minutes, some of the files are too
big — reduce the resolution of the JPEG files to less
than 2 mega pixels and burn another disc.
Total number of files and folders on the disc should be
less than 650.
Some disc may be incompatible due to different
recording format or condition of disc.
4 to
If you want to view a particular file, press 3/4
4 highlight
a file and press SELECT/ENTER or
When you are using software such as “Easy CD
Creator” to burn the jpeg files into the CD-R, ensure
that all the selected files have the “.jpg” extensions
when copying into the CD layout.
If the files have “.jpe” or “.jpeg” extensions, please
rename them as “.jpg” files.
File names without “.jpg” extension will not be able to
be read by this DVD player. Even though the files are
shown as JPEG image files in windows explorer.
PLAY.
Viewing the file proceeding starts.
During viewing a file, press RETURN to move to the
previous menu (JPEG menu).
Press TITLE to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
JPEG
Folder1
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
5/32
1024X768
Slide Speed
Off
5/32
1024X768
Picture5.jpg
Tip
There are three viewing Slide Speed options: Fast,
Normal, Slow, and Off. Press 1/2 to highlight the Slide
Speed then press 3/4 to select the option you want to
use, and press SELECT/ENTER.
20
VCD2.0
CD
Programmed Playback with Audio CD
and MP3/WMA Disc
The Program function enables you to store your favorite
tracks from any disc in the player memory.
VCD1.1
MP3
WMA
Programmed Playback with Video CD
Note
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the Program function. See page 13.
Program can contain 30 tracks.
Press PROGRAM during playback or in the stop
mode to enter the Program Edit mode.
1
The E mark will appear to the right of the word Program
on the right side of the menu screen.
1 Insert Video CD and close the tray.
2 Press PROGRAM while playback is stopped.
The VCD Program menu will appear.
VCD
Program
E
TRACK 1
TRACK 2
Note
Press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode;
the E mark will disappear.
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
a track, then press SELECT/ENTER to
2 Select
place the selected track on the Program list.
step 2 to place additional tracks on the
3 Repeat
Program list.
Program
CD
TRACK 1
TRACK 12
TRACK 2
TRACK 8
TRACK 3
TRACK 10
TRACK 4
TRACK 3
E
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
Clear All
TRACK 8
0: 56: 18
STER.
NORM.
Audio CD menu
Program
MP3 WMA
E
TRACK 8.mp3
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
TRACK
1.mp3
2.mp3
3.mp3
4.mp3
5.mp3
6.mp3
7.mp3
8.mp3
00:00
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
steps 2-6 of “Programmed Playback with
3 Follow
Audio CD and MP3/WMA disc” on left.
resume normal playback from programmed
4 Toplayback,
press PROGRAM.
“PROG.” indicator disappears in the display window.
OFF
MP3/WMA menu
The programmed track you selected last is highlighted on
the program list.
Repeat Programmed Tracks
6 Press PLAY to start.
Playback begins in the order in which you programmed
the tracks and “PROG.” appears on the menu screen.
Playback stops after all of the tracks on the Program list
have played once.
To resume normal playback from programmed
playback, select a track of CD (or MP3/WMA) list
and then press SELECT/ENTER.
“PROG.” indicator disappears on the menu screen.
To repeat the track currently playing, press REPEAT.
The Repeat icon and “TRACK” appears on the menu
screen.
4 to select the track you want to start
Press 3/4
playing.
Press TITLE to move to the next page.
Press MENU to move to the previous page.
7
Note
Press RETURN or PROGRAM to exit the Program menu.
Clear All
3
4 Press 2.
5
Clear All
To repeat all tracks on the program list, press
REPEAT a second time.
The Repeat icon and “ALL” appears on the menu screen.
To cancel Repeat mode, press REPEAT a third time.
The Repeat icon and “OFF” appears on the menu screen.
Erasing a Track from Program List
1 Press PROGRAM during playback (Audio CD and
MP3/WMA disc only) or in the stop mode to enter the
Program Edit mode.
The
E
mark will appear.
2 Press 2 to move to the Program list.
4 to select the track that you wish to erase
3 Use 3/4
from the Program list.
4 Press CLEAR.
The track will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the Complete Program List
1 Follow steps 1-2 of “Erasing a Track from Program
List” as above.
4 to select “Clear All”, then press
2 Use 3/4
SELECT/ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased.
The programs are also cleared when the disc is removed.
21
OPERATION
Programmed Playback
Additional Information
Last Condition Memory
DVD
CD
VCD1.1
This player memorizes the user settings for the last disc
that you have viewed. Settings remain in memory even
if you remove the disc from the player or switch off the
player. If you load a disc that has its settings memorized, the latest stop position is automatically recalled.
Notes
– Settings are stored in memory for use any time.
– This player does not memorize settings of a disc if
you switch off the player before commencing to play
it.
Screen Saver
The screen saver picture appears when you leave the
DVD Player in stop mode for about five minutes.
After the Screen Saver has been engaged for about five
minutes, the DVD Player will automatically turn itself off.
System Select
You must select the appropriate system mode for your
TV system. If NO DISC appears in the display window,
press and hold PAUSE on the front panel for more than
5 seconds to be able to select a system (PAL, NTSC,
or AUTO).
• When the selected system does not coincide with the
system of your TV, normal color picture may not be
displayed.
AUTO: Select when DVD player is connected with
Multi system TV.
NTSC: Select when DVD player is connected with
NTSC-TV.
PAL:
22
Select when DVD player is connected with
PAL-TV.
Controlling the TV
Your remote control is capable of operating your DVD
player as well as limited functions of LG TV.
Follow the instructions below to operate for your LG TV.
1
Before using the remote control, press the DVD or
TV button to select the device to be operated.
To switch the remote control mode (to operate a
different device), be sure to press the DVD or TV
button first.
ED
1 /2), MUTE and
The POWER, PR./CH.( / ), VOL (1
2 TV
AV buttons on remote control are used to
operate the LG TV.
Setting Remote Control Codes for LG TV
This remote control supports two remote control
codes for LG TV: Code 1 and Code 2.
When the unit is shipped from the factory, the remote
control is set to Code 1.
To set the remote control to Code 2, hold down both
the TV button and the number “2” button on the
remote control. (If the batteries in the remote control
are replaced while the remote control is set to Code
2, the setting will revert to Code 1.)
To set the remote control back to Code 1, hold down
both the TV button and the number “1” button on the
remote control.
Note
If the remote control does not operate your particular
TV, try the other code or use the remote control
originally supplied with the LG TV.
Due to the variety of codes used by manufacturers,
OUR COMPANY cannot guarantee that the remote
control will operate every model of LG TV.
Troubleshooting
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
Cause
Correction
No power.
The power cord is disconnected.
Plug the power cord into the wall outlet
securely.
The power is on, but
the DVD player does
not work.
No disc is inserted.
Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or,
audio CD indicator in the display
window is lit.)
No picture.
The TV is not set to receive DVD signal
output.
Select the appropriate video input mode
on the TV so the picture from the DVD
player appears on the TV screen.
The video cable is not connected
securely.
Connect the video cable securely.
The connected TV power is turned off.
Turn on the TV.
The equipment connected with the
audio cable is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
Select the correct input mode of the
audio receiver so you can listen to the
sound from the DVD player.
The audio cables are not connected
securely.
Connect the audio cable securely.
The power of the equipment connected
with the audio cable is turned off.
Turn on the equipment connected with
the audio cable.
The Digital Audio Output is set to the
wrong position.
Set the Digital Audio Output to the
correct position, then turn on the DVD
player again by pressing POWER.
The playback picture is
poor.
The disc is dirty.
Clean the disc.
The DVD player does
not start playback.
No disc is inserted.
Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD, or
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
An unplayable disc is inserted.
Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc
type, color system, and Regional code.)
The disc is placed upside down.
Place the disc with the playback side
down.
The disc is not placed within the guide.
Place the disc on the disc tray correctly
inside the guide.
The disc is dirty.
Clean the disc.
The Rating level is set.
Cancel the Rating function or change
the rating level.
The remote control is not pointed at the
remote sensor of the DVD player.
Point the remote control at the remote
sensor of the DVD player.
The remote control is too far from the
DVD player.
Operate the remote control within 23 ft
(7 m).
There is an obstacle in the path of the
remote control and the DVD player.
Remove the obstacle.
The batteries in the remote control are
exhausted.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
No sound.
The remote control
does not work properly.
23
REFERENCE
Symptom
Language Code List
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Disc Audio”, “Disc Subtitle” and/or “Disc Menu”
(See page 12).
Code
Language
Code
Language
Code
Language
Code
Language
6566
Abkhazian
7074
Fiji
7678
Lingala
8373
Singhalese
6565
Afar
7073
Finnish
7684
Lithuanian
8375
Slovak
6570
Afrikaans
7082
French
7775
Macedonian
8376
Slovenian
8381
Albanian
7089
Frisian
7771
Malagasy
8379
Somali
6577
Ameharic
7176
Galician
7783
Malay
6983
Spanish
6582
Arabic
7565
Georgian
7776
Malayalam
8385
Sudanese
7289
Armenian
6869
German
7784
Maltese
8387
Swahili
6583
Assamese
6976
Greek
7773
Maori
8386
Swedish
6588
Aymara
7576
Greenlandic
7782
Marathi
8476
Tagalog
6590
Azerbaijani
7178
Guarani
7779
Moldavian
8471
Tajik
6665
Bashkir
7185
Gujarati
7778
Mongolian
8465
Tamil
6985
Basque
7265
Hausa
7865
Nauru
8484
Tatar
6678
Bengali; Bangla
7387
Hebrew
7869
Nepali
8469
Telugu
6890
Bhutani
7273
Hindi
7879
Norwegian
8472
Thai
6672
Bihari
7285
Hungarian
7982
Oriya
6679
Tibetan
6682
Breton
7383
Icelandic
8065
Panjabi
8473
Tigrinya
6671
Bulgarian
7378
Indonesian
8083
Pashto, Pushto
8479
Tonga
7789
Burmese
7365
Interlingua
7065
Persian
8482
Turkish
6669
Byelorussian
7165
Irish
8076
Polish
8475
Turkmen
7577
Cambodian
7384
Italian
8084
Portuguese
8487
Twi
6765
Catalan
7465
Japanese
8185
Quechua
8575
Ukrainian
9072
Chinese
7487
Javanese
8277
Rhaeto-Romance
8582
Urdu
6779
Corsican
7578
Kannada
8279
Rumanian
8590
Uzbek
7282
Croatian
7583
Kashmiri
8285
Russian
8673
Vietnamese
6783
Czech
7575
Kazakh
8377
Samoan
8679
Volapük
6865
Danish
7589
Kirghiz
8365
Sanskrit
6789
Welsh
7876
Dutch
7579
Korean
7168
Scots Gaelic
8779
Wolof
6978
English
7585
Kurdish
8382
Serbian
8872
Xhosa
6979
Esperanto
7679
Laothian
8372
Serbo-Croatian
7473
Yiddish
6984
Estonian
7665
Latin
8378
Shona
8979
Yoruba
7079
Faroese
7686
Latvian, Lettish
8368
Sindhi
9085
Zulu
24
Country Code List
Code
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CS
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
Country
Andorra
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan
Antigua and Barbuda
Anguilla
Albania
Armenia
Netherlands Antilles
Angola
Antarctica
Argentina
American Samoa
Austria
Australia
Aruba
Azerbaidjan
Bosnia-Herzegovina
Barbados
Bangladesh
Belgium
Burkina Faso
Bulgaria
Bahrain
Burundi
Benin
Bermuda
Brunei Darussalam
Bolivia
Brazil
Bahamas
Bhutan
Bouvet Island
Botswana
Belarus
Belize
Canada
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Central African Republic
Congo
Switzerland
Ivory Coast
Cook Islands
Chile
Cameroon
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Former Czechoslovakia
Cuba
Cape Verde
Christmas Island
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Germany
Djibouti
Denmark
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Algeria
Ecuador
Estonia
Egypt
Western Sahara
Code
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
Country
Eritrea
Spain
Ethiopia
Finland
Fiji
Falkland Islands
Micronesia
Faroe Islands
France
France (European
Territory)
Gabon
Great Britain
Grenada
Georgia
French Guyana
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greenland
Gambia
Guinea
Guadeloupe (French)
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
S. Georgia & S. Sandwich
Isls.
Guatemala
Guam (USA)
Guinea Bissau
Guyana
Hong Kong
Heard and McDonald
Islands
Honduras
Croatia
Haiti
Hungary
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
India
British Indian Ocean
Territory
Iraq
Iran
Iceland
Italy
Jamaica
Jordan
Japan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Cambodia6
Kiribati
Comoros
Saint Kitts & Nevis Anguilla
North Korea
South Korea
Kuwait
Cayman Islands
Kazakhstan
Laos
Lebanon
Code
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
MK
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
Country
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Sri Lanka
Liberia
Lesotho
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Latvia
Libya
Morocco
Monaco
Moldavia
Madagascar
Marshall Islands
Macedonia
Mali
Myanmar
Mongolia
Macau
Northern Mariana Islands
Martinique (French)
Mauritania
Montserrat
Malta
Mauritius
Maldives
Malawi
Mexico
Malaysia
Mozambique
Namibia
New Caledonia (French)
Niger
Norfolk Island
Nigeria
Nicaragua
Netherlands
Norway
Nepal
Nauru
Niue
New Zealand
Oman
Panama
Peru
Polynesia (French)
Papua New Guinea
Philippines
Pakistan
Poland
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Pitcairn Island
Puerto Rico
Portugal
Palau
Paraguay
Qatar
Reunion (French)
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Solomon Islands
Code
SC
SD
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SU
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UK
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
Country
Seychelles
Sudan
Sweden
Singapore
Saint Helena
Slovenia
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands
Slovak Republic
Sierra Leone
San Marino
Senegal
Somalia
Suriname
Saint Tome and Principe
Former USSR
El Salvador
Syria
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands
Chad
French Southern
Territories
Togo
Thailand
Tadjikistan
Tokelau
Turkmenistan
Tunisia
Tonga
East Timor
Turkey
Trinidad and Tobago
Tuvalu
Taiwan
Tanzania
Ukraine
Uganda
United Kingdom
USA Minor Outlying
Islands
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vatican City State
Saint Vincent &
Grenadines
Venezuela
Virgin Islands (British)
Virgin Islands (USA)
Vietnam
Vanuatu
Wallis and Futuna Islands
Samoa
Yemen
Mayotte
Yugoslavia
South Africa
Zambia
Zaire
Zimbabwe
25
REFERENCE
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial setting “Country Code” (See page 14).
Specifications
General
Power requirements
AC 110-240V , 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
14W
Dimensions (approx.)
430 X 48 X 242 mm (w x h x d)
Mass (approx.)
2.34 kg
Operating temperature
5˚C to 35˚C (41˚F to 95˚F)
Operating humidity
5 % to 90 %
System
Laser
Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm
Signal system
PAL/NTSC
Frequency response
DVD (PCM 96 kHz): 8 Hz to 44 kHz
DVD (PCM 48 kHz): 8 Hz to 22 kHz
CD: 8 Hz to 20 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio
More than 100dB (ANALOG OUT connectors only)
Harmonic distortion
Less than 0.008%
Dynamic range
More than 100 dB (DVD)
More than 95 dB (CD)
Outputs
VIDEO OUT
1 Vp-p 75 Ω, sync negative, RCA jack x 1 / SCART (TO TV)
Audio output (digital audio)
0.5 V (p-p), 75 Ω, RCA jack x 1
Audio output (analog audio)
2.0 Vrms (1 KHz, 0 dB), 600 Ω, RCA jack (L, R) x 1 / SCART (TO TV)
Accessory
Video cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Audio cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Confidential unpublished works. Copyright 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
DTS and DTS Digital Out are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
P/NO : 3834RS0055F
26